Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

men's - four

Толкование Перевод

1 четверка

four

мужская четверка — men's - four

четверка с рулевым — coxed four

четверка без рулевого — coxless four

Авиация и космонавтика. Русско-английский словарь > четверка
2 cuatro quintos

(n.) = four-fifths

Ex. Four-fifths of all moonlighters were men.

* * *

(n.) = four-fifths

Ex: Four-fifths of all moonlighters were men.

Spanish-English dictionary > cuatro quintos
3 युगम् _yugam

युगम् 1 A yoke (m. also in this sense); युगव्यायतबाहुः R.3.34;1.87; Śi.3.68.

-2 A pair, couple, brace; कुचयोर्युगेन तरसा कलिता Śi.9.72; स्तनयुग Ś.1.19.

-3 A couple of stanzas forming one sentence; see युग्म.

-4 An age of the world; (the Yugas are four:-- कृत or सत्य, त्रेता, द्वापर and कलि; the duration of each is said to be respectively 1,728,; 1,296,; 864.; and 432, years of men, the four together comprising 4,32, years of men which is equal to one Mahāyuga q. v.; it is also supposed that the regularly descending length of the Yugas represents a corresponding physical and moral deterioration in the people who live during each age, Krita being called the 'golden' and Kali or the present age the 'iron' age); धर्मसंस्थापनार्थाय संभवामि युगे युगे Bg.4.8; युगशतपरिवर्तान् Ś7.34.

-5 (Hence) A long period of years (कालचक्र); युगं वा परिवर्तेत यद्येवं स्याद् यथा$$त्थ माम् Mb.5.16.99.

-6 A generation, life; आ सप्तमाद् युगात् Ms.1.64; जात्युत्कर्षो युगे ज्ञेयः पञ्चमे सप्तमे$पि वा Y.1.96. (युगे = जन्मनि Mit.).

-7 An expression for the number 'four', rarely for 'twelve',

-8 A period of five years.

-9 A measure of length equal to four Hastas.

-1 A part of a chariot or plough.

-11 N. of a particular configuration of the moon.

-Comp. -अंशकः a year.

-अध्यक्षः 1 N. of Prajāpati.

-2 of Śiva.

-अन्तः 1 the end of the yoke.

-2 the end of an age, end or destruction of the world; युगान्तकालप्रति- संहृतात्मनो जगन्ति यस्यां सविकासमासत Śi.1.23; R.13.6.

-3 meridian, mid-day.

-अन्तर 1 a kind of yoke.

-2 a succeeding generation.

-3 another division of the sky; युगान्तरमारूढः सविता Ś.4.

-अवधिः end or destruction of the world; पयस्यभिद्रवति भुवं युगावधौ Śi.17.4.

-आद्या the first day of a Yuga.

-कीलकः the pin of a yoke.

-क्षयः destruction of the world.

-धरः the pole of a carriage.

-धुर् f. the pin of a yoke.

-पत्रः, -पत्रकः the mountain ebony.

-पार्श्वग a. going to the side of the yoke, (said of an ox while being broken in to the yoke).

-बाहु a. long-armed; युगपद्युगबाहुभ्यः प्राप्तेभ्यः प्राज्यविक्रमाः Ku.2.18.

-मात्रम् the length of a yoke (= 4 hands).

-वरत्रम् a yoke-strap; युगवरत्रे उपदंशिते ईषाचक्रादिसंनिधाने चेद् अक्षमानयेत्युच्यते तदा यानाक्षमधिकृत्य ब्रूते इति गम्यते, न तु विदेवनाक्षमिति ŚB. on MS.6.8.35.

Sanskrit-English dictionary > युगम् _yugam
4 мужская четвёрка

Sports: Quartet, men's quartet, men's squad, men's-four

Универсальный русско-английский словарь > мужская четвёрка
5 quattro

four

al quattro per cento at four per cent

fare quattro passi go for a stroll

farsi in quattro per fare qualcosa go to a lot of trouble to do something

* * *

quattro agg.num.card. e s.m. four: alle quattro, at four (o'clock); è a pagina quattro, it's on page four; l'articolo quattro dello statuto, article four of the statute; un servizio da tè per quattro, a tea service for four; mettetevi in fila per quattro, line up in fours; ho preso 4 in matematica, I got four out of ten in maths // animali a quattro zampe, four-legged animals // a quattro remi, four-oared: barca a quattro remi, four-oar; a quattro ruote, four-wheeled: carrozza a quattro ruote, four-wheeler; tiro a quattro, four-in-hand // in quattro e quattr'otto, in less than no time (o in the twinkling of an eye) // gliene dirò quattro, I'll give him a piece of my mind // fare quattro chiacchiere, to have a chat (o a natter) // fare il diavolo a quattro, ( far gran fracasso) to kick up a shindy (o to make a hullabaloo), ( sforzarsi per ottenere) to leave no stone unturned // fare quattro passi, to take a stroll (o to have a short walk): andare a fare quattro passi, to go for a stroll (o a short walk) // fare quattro salti, to dance: siamo andati a fare quattro salti per concludere la serata, we went dancing to finish off the evening // sono rimaste quattro cose da spostare, there are just a couple of things left to be moved // farsi in quattro, to do one's utmost // non dire quattro finché non l'hai nel sacco, (prov.) don't count your chickens before they're hatched.

* * *
['kwattro]
1. agg inv

1) four

c'erano quattro persone — there were four people there

2)

(fig : pochi) fare quattro passi — to take a stroll, go for a little walk

facciamo quattro passi — let's go for a little walk

c'erano quattro gatti allo spettacolo — there was only a handful of people at the show

fare quattro salti — to go dancing

fare quattro chiacchiere — to have a chat

lo pagano quattro soldi — they pay him peanuts o a pittance

a quattr'occhi — (tra 2 persone) face to face, (privatamente) in private

a quattro a quattro — four at a time

a quattro zampe — on all fours

2. sm inv

four

dirne quattro a qn — to give sb a piece of one's mind

farsi in quattro per qn — to go out of one's way for sb, put o.s. out for sb

fare il diavolo a quattro — to kick up a rumpus

in quattro e quattr'otto — in less than no time, in no time at all
per fraseologia vedi: cinque
* * *
['kwattro] 1.
aggettivo invariabile four
2.
sostantivo maschile invariabile

1) (numero) four

2) (giorno del mese) fourth

3) sport

bob a quattro — four men bob; (canottaggio)

quattro con, senza — coxed, coxless four

4) scol. (voto) = low fail
3.
sostantivo femminile plurale (ore) (del mattino) four am; (della sera) four pm

quattro per quattro — aut. four-by-four

••

dirne quattro a qcn. — to give sb. a piece of one's mind

ai quattro venti — [ spargere] to the four winds

urlare qcs. ai quattro venti — to shout sth. from the rooftops, to tell the world about sth.

a quattr'occhi — [parlare, discutere] face to face, one-to-one

in quattro e quattr'otto — in a flash, in less than no time

fare quattro passi — to go for a stroll, to go for a little o short walk

è a quattro passi da qui — it's within walking distance

farsi in quattro per qcn. — to bend over backwards o do one's very best for sb.

c'erano solo quattro gatti — there was hardly anybody o a soul

* * *

quattro

/'kwattro/ ⇒ 26, 5, 8, 13

I aggettivo invariabile

four

II m.inv.

1 (numero) four

2 (giorno del mese) fourth

3 sport bob a quattro four men bob; (canottaggio) quattro con, senza coxed, coxless four

4 scol. (voto) = low fail

III f.pl.

(ore) (del mattino) four am; (della sera) four pm

IDIOMS

dirne quattro a qcn. to give sb. a piece of one's mind; ai quattro venti [ spargere] to the four winds; urlare qcs. ai quattro venti to shout sth. from the rooftops, to tell the world about sth.; a quattr'occhi [parlare, discutere] face to face, one-to-one; in quattro e quattr'otto in a flash, in less than no time; fare quattro passi to go for a stroll, to go for a little o short walk; è a quattro passi da qui it's within walking distance; farsi in quattro per qcn. to bend over backwards o do one's very best for sb.; c'erano solo quattro gatti there was hardly anybody o a soul

\

COMPOUNDS

quattro per quattro aut. four-by-four.

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > quattro
6 četvorica

four men

* * *

• four men

Hrvatski-Engleski rječnik > četvorica
7 четверка (в бобслее)
1. four-man (bob/bobsleigh/bobsled)
четверка
четырехместный экипаж
четырехместный боб
Команда из четырех спортсменов, выступающих на одном бобе.
[Департамент лингвистических услуг Оргкомитета «Сочи 2014». Глоссарий терминов]

EN

four-man (bob/bobsleigh/bobsled)
Team of four men racing together in the same bobsled during a run.
[Департамент лингвистических услуг Оргкомитета «Сочи 2014». Глоссарий терминов]

Тематики
- санный спорт, бобслей, скелетон
Синонимы
- четырехместный боб
- четырехместный экипаж
EN
- four-man (bob/bobsleigh/bobsled)
Русско-английский словарь нормативно-технической терминологии > четверка (в бобслее)
8 Herr

m; -n, -en

1. (Mann) auch vornehmer etc.: gentleman; als Tanzpartner etc. einer Frau: partner; Herren Toilette: Gentlemen, Men; SPORT men; bei den Herren SPORT in the men’s event; Alte Herren SPORT veterans; Studentenverbindung: old members; mein alter Herr umg., hum. my old man; ein feiner oder sauberer Herr iro. a fine one; die Herren der Schöpfung umg., hum. the lords of creation; den ( großen oder feinen) Herrn spielen play lord of the manor, act the big shot umg.

2. vor Namen: Mr, Am. Mr.; vor Titeln: meist nicht übersetzt; die Herren N. und M. Messrs N and M; Herr Doktor / Professor etc. doctor / professor etc.; Herr Präsident! Mr ( oder Mr.) Chairman; im Unterhaus: Mr ( oder Mr.) Speaker; zum Präsidenten der USA: Mr. President; der Herr Präsident the Chairman etc.; meine ( Damen und) Herren! (ladies and) gentlemen!; Sehr geehrter Herr N. in Briefen: Dear Sir; vertraulicher: Dear Mr ( oder Mr.) N; Ihr Herr Vater geh. your father; Herr Ober, ein Bier bitte! waiter, a beer, please; bitte schön, der Herr! beim Servieren: here you are, sir; umg., hum. oder iro. for you, kind sir; meine Herren! umg. als Ausruf: would you believe it; Gesang(s)verein

3. (Gebieter) master (auch eines Hundes); bes. Adliger: lord; (Herrscher) ruler; mein Herr und Gebieter my lord and master; seinen Herrn und Meister finden in (+ Dat) meet one’s match in; aus aller Herren Länder from the four corners of the earth; sein eigener Herr sein be one’s own boss; Herr im eigenen Hause sein be master ( oder have the say) in one’s own house; zwei Herren dienen serve two masters; Herr der Lage sein have everything under control, be master of the situation; Herr über Leben und Tod sein have power over life and death; Herr werden (+ Gen) oder über (+ Akk) get s.th. under control; Problemen: get on top of; eines Gegners: get the upper hand over; seiner Gefühle Herr werden get a grip of oneself; nicht mehr Herr seiner selbst sein be unable to contain oneself; wie der Herr, so’s G(e) scherr Sprichw. like master, like man

4. KIRCHL.: der Herr (Gott, Christus) Lord; Gott, der Herr the Lord God; der Herr Jesus the Lord Jesus; im Jahre des Herrn in the year of our Lord; Brüder und Schwestern im Herrn in the Lord; er ist ein großer Angeber etc. vor dem Herrn umg. he’s a mighty show-off etc. before the Lord; Herr des Himmels! umg. Lord above!, God in heaven!; sein2 I 2

* * *

(Anrede) Mr; Sir; Mister;

der Herr

(Gebieter) master; lord;

(Gott) the Lord;

(Mann) gentleman; gent

* * *
Hẹrr [hɛr]
m -(e)n, -en

1) (= Gebieter) lord, master; (= Herrscher) lord, ruler (
über +acc of); (von Hund) master
mein Herr und Gebieter — my lord and master

der junge Herr (form) — the young master

sein eigener Herr sein — to be one's own master or boss

Herr im eigenen Haus sein — to be master in one's own house

Herr der Lage or Situation sein/bleiben — to be/remain master of the situation, to have/keep the situation under control

nicht mehr Herr seiner Sinne sein — not to be in control of oneself any more

Herr über Leben und Tod sein — to have the power of life and death (gen over)

über jdn/etw Herr werden — to master sb/sth

man kann nicht or niemand kann zwei Herren dienen (prov) — no man can serve two masters (prov)

wie der Herr, sos Gescherr! (Prov) — like master, like man! (prov)

See:

→ Land

2) (= Gott, Christus) Lord

Gott, der Herr — the Lord God

der Herr Jesus — the Lord Jesus

der Herr der Heerscharen — the Lord of Hosts

Herr, du meine Güte! — good(ness) gracious (me)!

Herr des Himmels! — good Lord!

er ist ein großer Schwindler/Esser etc vor dem Herrn (hum inf) — what a great fibber/eater etc he is

3) (= feiner Herr, Mann) gentleman

ein geistlicher Herr — a clergyman

ein adliger Herr, ein Herr von Adel — a nobleman

den (großen) Herrn spielen or markieren (inf) — to give oneself airs, to put on airs

See:

→ alt

4) (vor Eigennamen) Mr; (vor Titeln) usu not translated (in Anrede ohne Namen) sir

(mein) Herr! — sir!

bitte, der Herr (beim Servieren) — there you are, sir

der Herr wünscht? — what can I do for you, sir?

Ihr Herr Vater (form) — your father

Herr Nachbar (old) — excuse me, sir

Herr Dr./Doktor/Professor Schmidt — Dr/Doctor/Professor Schmidt

Herr Doktor — doctor

Herr Professor — professor

Herr Präsident/Vorsitzender — Mr President/Chairman

der Herr Präsident/Vorsitzende — the President/Chairman

Herr Bell (in Brief) — Dear Mr Bell

an den Herrn Abgeordneten C. Schmidt — C. Schmidt, MP

werte Herren, sehr geehrte Herren (in Brief) — Dear Sirs (Brit), to whom it may concern (US)

5) (allgemein gesehen = Tanzpartner, Begleiter) gentleman; (auf eine bestimmte Dame bezogen) partner; (bei Cocktailparty, Theaterbesuch etc) (gentleman) companion

6) (SPORT)

4x100m-Staffel der Herren — men's 4 x 100m relay

* * *

der

1) (a polite word for a man: Two gentlemen arrived this morning.) gentleman

2) (God; Christ.) the Lord

3) (a master; a man or animal that has power over others or over an area: The lion is lord of the jungle.) lord

4) (an owner (of a slave, dog etc): The dog ran to its master.) master

5) ((abbreviated to Mr when written) a polite title given to a male adult, either in writing or in speech: Good morning, Mr Smith; Ask Mr Jones.) Mister

* * *

Herr(in)

<-n, -en>

[hɛr]

m(f)

1. nur m (männliche Anrede: vor Eigennamen) Mr

die \Herren Schmidt und Müller Messrs Schmidt and Müller

der \Herr Botschafter/Professor the Ambassador/Professor

\Herr Doktor/Kollege... Dr/Mr...

tut mir Leid, der \Herr Doktor ist heute Nachmittag nicht in der Praxis I'm sorry, but the doctor is not in his office this afternoon

\Herr Präsident/Vorsitzender Mr President/Chairman

sehr geehrter \Herr... Dear Mr...

sehr geehrte \Herren! Dear Sirs

gnädiger \Herr (veraltend) sir

der \Herr wünscht? what can I do for you, sir?

der \Herr sir

hat der \Herr schon gewählt? is sir ready to order?

2. (iron: sarkastisch) sir iron

wenn sich der \Herr für so etwas zu fein ist if this is beneath you, sir

mein \Herr (geh) sir form

bitte, mein \Herr, nach Ihnen after you, sir

meine \Herren gentlemen

[aber] meine \Herren! gentlemen, please!

„\Herren“ “gentlemen”, “men”, “gents” BRIT

3. nur m (in Anrede ohne Namen)

jds \Herr Onkel/Vater/Sohn etc. sb's uncle/father/son etc.

ach, das ist Ihr \Herr Onkel auf dem Foto? oh, that's your uncle in the picture?

4. nur m (Tanzpartner, Begleiter) [gentleman] companion, partner

5. nur m (geh: Mann) gentleman

wir führen alles für den modebewussten \Herrn we stock everything for the well-dressed man

ein geistlicher \Herr (geh) a clergyman

6. (Herrscher) ruler, sovereign

▪ \Herr/ \Herrin über jdn/etw sein to be ruler of sb/sth; (Gebieter) master, mistress fem

\Herr über [jds] Leben und Tod sein to have the power of life and death [over sb]

der \Herr des Hauses the master of the house

\Herr im eigenen Hause sein to be master in one's own house

der gnädige \Herr (veraltet) the master [of the house]

der junge \Herr (geh) the young master

\Herr der Lage sein to be master of the situation, to have the situation under control

nicht mehr \Herr seiner Sinne sein to no longer be in control of oneself

sein eigener \Herr sein to be one's own master [or boss]

nicht \Herr über jdn werden to not be able to control [or master] sb

7. (Besitzer) master

sind Sie der \Herr dieses Hundes? do you own this dog?, are you the owner of this dog?, does this dog belong to you?, is this your dog?

8. REL (Gott) Lord

▪ der \Herr the Lord God

der \Herr der Heerscharen the Lord of hosts

9.

▶ jds alter \Herr (hum fam) sb's old man sl

▶ mein \Herr und Gebieter [o Meister] (hum) my lord and master hum

▶ wie der \Herr, so 's Gescherr! (prov) like master, like man! prov

▶ den großen \Herrn spielen [o markieren] (fam) to act like the lord of the manor

▶ \Herr des Himmels! (emph) good Lord!

▶ aus aller \Herren Länder[n] from all over the world, from the four corners of the earth

▶ mein \Herr! sir!

▶ die \Herren der Schöpfung (hum) their lordships hum

▶ man kann nicht [o niemand kann] zwei \Herren dienen (prov) no man can serve two masters prov

* * *

der; Herrn (selten: Herren), Herren

1) (Mann) gentleman

ein feiner Herr — a refined gentleman

das Kugelstoßen der Herren — (Sport) the men's shot-put

mein Alter Herr — (ugs. scherzh.): (Vater) my old man (coll.)

Alter Herr — (Studentenspr.) former member

2) (Titel, Anrede)

Herr Schulze — Mr Schulze

Herr Professor/Dr. Schulze — Professor/Dr Schulze

Herr Minister/Direktor/Studienrat Schulze — Mr Schulze

Herr Minister/Professor/Doktor — Minister/Professor/doctor

Herr Vorsitzender/Präsident — Mr Chairman/President

Sehr geehrter Herr Schulze! — Dear Sir; (bei persönlicher Bekanntschaft) Dear Mr Schulze

Sehr geehrte Herren! — Dear Sirs

Herr Ober! — waiter!

mein Herr — sir

meine Herren — gentlemen

bitte sehr, der Herr! — there you are, sir

Ihr Herr Vater/Sohn — your father/son

3) (Gebieter) master

mein Herr und Gebieter — (scherzh.) my lord and master (joc.)

die Herren der Schöpfung — (ugs. scherzh.) their lordships (coll. joc.)

sein eigener Herr sein — be one's own master

Herr der Lage sein/bleiben — be/remain master of the situation

nicht mehr Herr seiner Sinne sein — be no longer in control of oneself

aus aller Herren Länder[n] — (geh.) from the four corners of the earth; from all over the world

4) (Besitzer) master (über + Akk. of)

5) (christl. Rel.): (Gott) Lord

Gott der Herr — Lord God

* * *

Herr m; -n, -en

1. (Mann) auch vornehmer etc: gentleman; als Tanzpartner etc einer Frau: partner;

Herren Toilette: Gentlemen, Men; SPORT men;

bei den Herren SPORT in the men’s event;

Alte Herren SPORT veterans; Studentenverbindung: old members;

mein Alter Herr umg, hum my old man;

ein feiner oder

sauberer Herr iron a fine one;

die Herren der Schöpfung umg, hum the lords of creation;

den (

großen oder

feinen)

Herrn spielen play lord of the manor, act the big shot umg

2. vor Namen: Mr, US Mr.; vor Titeln: meist nicht übersetzt;

die Herren N. und M. Messrs N and M;

Herr Doktor/Professor etc doctor/professor etc;

Herr Präsident! Mr ( oder Mr.) Chairman; im Unterhaus: Mr ( oder Mr.) Speaker; zum Präsidenten der USA: Mr. President;

der Herr Präsident the Chairman etc;

meine (Damen und) Herren! (ladies and) gentlemen!;

Sehr geehrter Herr N. in Briefen: Dear Sir; vertraulicher: Dear Mr ( oder Mr.) N;

Ihr Herr Vater geh your father;

Herr Ober, ein Bier bitte! waiter, a beer, please;

bitte schön, der Herr! beim Servieren: here you are, sir; umg, hum oder iron for you, kind sir;

meine Herren! umg als Ausruf: would you believe it; → Gesang(s)verein

3. (Gebieter) master (auch eines Hundes); besonders Adliger: lord; (Herrscher) ruler;

mein Herr und Gebieter my lord and master;

seinen Herrn und Meister finden in (+dat) meet one’s match in;

aus aller Herren Länder from the four corners of the earth;

sein eigener Herr sein be one’s own boss;

Herr im eigenen Hause sein be master ( oder have the say) in one’s own house;

zwei Herren dienen serve two masters;

Herr der Lage sein have everything under control, be master of the situation;

Herr über Leben und Tod sein have power over life and death;

Herr werden (+gen) oder

über (+akk) get sth under control; Problemen: get on top of; eines Gegners: get the upper hand over;

seiner Gefühle Herr werden get a grip of oneself;

nicht mehr Herr seiner selbst sein be unable to contain oneself;

wie der Herr, so’s G(e)scherr sprichw like master, like man

4. KIRCHE:

der Herr (Gott, Christus) Lord;

Gott, der Herr the Lord God;

der Herr Jesus the Lord Jesus;

im Jahre des Herrn in the year of our Lord;

Brüder und Schwestern

im Herrn in the Lord;

er ist ein großer Angeber etc

vor dem Herrn umg he’s a mighty show-off etc before the Lord;

Herr des Himmels! umg Lord above!, God in heaven!; → sein² A 2

Hr. abk (Herr) Mr, Mr.

* * *

der; Herrn (selten: Herren), Herren

1) (Mann) gentleman

ein feiner Herr — a refined gentleman

das Kugelstoßen der Herren — (Sport) the men's shot-put

mein Alter Herr — (ugs. scherzh.): (Vater) my old man (coll.)

Alter Herr — (Studentenspr.) former member

2) (Titel, Anrede)

Herr Schulze — Mr Schulze

Herr Professor/Dr. Schulze — Professor/Dr Schulze

Herr Minister/Direktor/Studienrat Schulze — Mr Schulze

Herr Minister/Professor/Doktor — Minister/Professor/doctor

Herr Vorsitzender/Präsident — Mr Chairman/President

Sehr geehrter Herr Schulze! — Dear Sir; (bei persönlicher Bekanntschaft) Dear Mr Schulze

Sehr geehrte Herren! — Dear Sirs

Herr Ober! — waiter!

mein Herr — sir

meine Herren — gentlemen

bitte sehr, der Herr! — there you are, sir

Ihr Herr Vater/Sohn — your father/son

3) (Gebieter) master

mein Herr und Gebieter — (scherzh.) my lord and master (joc.)

die Herren der Schöpfung — (ugs. scherzh.) their lordships (coll. joc.)

sein eigener Herr sein — be one's own master

Herr der Lage sein/bleiben — be/remain master of the situation

nicht mehr Herr seiner Sinne sein — be no longer in control of oneself

aus aller Herren Länder[n] — (geh.) from the four corners of the earth; from all over the world

4) (Besitzer) master (über + Akk. of)

5) (christl. Rel.): (Gott) Lord

Gott der Herr — Lord God

* * *

-en m.

Mr n.

gent n.

gentleman n.

(§ pl.: gentlemen)

master n.

mister n.

sir n.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Herr
9 gleich

I Adj.

1. (übereinstimmend) same, präd. the same; (identisch) identical; Bezahlung, Rechte etc.: equal; (einheitlich) uniform; fast gleich very similar; in gleicher Weise (in) the same way; zu gleichen Teilen equally; zu gleicher Zeit at the same time, simultaneously; gleiches Recht für alle equal rights for all; gleicher Lohn für gleiche Arbeit equal pay for equal work; gleiche Rechte, gleiche Pflichten Sprichw. equal rights, equal responsibilities; das Gleiche oder Gleiches gilt für the same applies to (umg. goes for); es kommt oder läuft aufs Gleiche hinaus oder das bleibt sich gleich umg. it doesn’t make any difference, it comes ( oder boils) down to the same thing; alle Menschen sind gleich (, nur einige sind gleicher hum.) all people ( oder men) are equal (, but some are more equal [than others])

2. (ähnlich, vergleichbar) similar, like, präd. alike; Gleiches mit Gleichem vergelten give s.o. tit for tat, pay s.o. back in kind, repay like with like; Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern Sprichw. birds of a feather (flock together)

3. (unverändert) the same, unchanged; gleich bleiben stay the same; das wird immer gleich bleiben it’ll never change; mit stets gleicher Höflichkeit with unfailing courtesy; er ist nicht mehr der Gleiche he’s not the man I ( oder we) used to know, he’s really changed, you wouldn’t recognize him any more

4. MATH., Winkel etc.: equal; Vorzeichen, Größe etc.: same, like; PHYS., Ladung, Pole: like; in gleichem Abstand voneinander equidistant from each other; x ist gleich y x equals y; 7 - 2 ist gleich 5 7 - 2 is ( oder leaves) 5; 5 + 2 ist gleich 7 5 + 2 equals 7; gleich null setzen equate to zero

5. (egal): es ist mir gleich umg. it’s all the same to me; ganz gleich wann / wo etc. whenever / wherever etc. (it is), no matter when / where etc. (it is); es ist ganz gleich, wann / wo etc. it doesn’t matter ( oder make any difference) when / where etc.; das kann dir doch gleich sein umg. why should you care?

II Adv.

1. alike, equally; gleich alt / groß etc. the same age / size etc.; es geht uns diesmal allen gleich we’re all in the same boat this time; sie stehen gleich SPORT they’re drawing; in der Tabelle: they’re level on points; gleich bleibend always the same; (unveränderlich) constant, invariable; Kurs, Barometer etc.: steady; gleich denkend oder gesinnt like-minded; gleich geartet of the same kind; (ähnlich) similar; gleich gelagerte Fälle similar cases; gleich gerichtet Ziele, Interessen etc.: similar, parallel; TECH. synchronous; ETECH. unidirectional; gleich gesinnte Leute people with the same kind of interest ( oder outlook etc.); gleich gestellt on an equal footing (+ Dat with); gesellschaftlich: on the same social level; gleich gestimmt Instrumente: tuned to the same pitch; fig. in tune (with one another); gleich gestimmte Seelen kindred spirits; gleich lautend Text: identical, with the same wording; Inhalt: to the same effect; Wörter: homonymic; bei verschiedener Schreibung: homophonic; gleich lautendes Wort auch geschrieben: homonym; vom Klang: homophone; gleich lautende Abschrift true copy

2. (unmittelbar) right, straight, just, directly; (sofort) straightaway, immediately; gleich zu Beginn right at the outset; (als Anfang) to start off with; gleich daneben right beside ( oder next to) it; gleich gegenüber right ( oder directly) opposite; gleich als as soon as; gleich nach( dem) right ( oder straight) after; ( jetzt) gleich right now, this minute; gleich! hinhaltend: just a minute, give us a chance umg.; ( ich komme) gleich! (I’m) coming!, I’m on my way!; ich ging gleich hin I went straight there; es muss nicht gleich sein there’s no hurry; Kollege kommt gleich im Restaurant: you’ll be served right away; ich bin gleich wieder da I won’t be long; (sofort) I won’t be a minute; komme gleich wieder Schild: will be right back, be back in a jiffy umg.; bis gleich! see you in a minute ( oder later); das haben wir gleich oder das ist gleich geschehen it won’t take a minute, we’ll have that done ( oder fixed) in no time; es ist gleich zehn ( Uhr) it’s nearly ten (o’clock)

3. umg., nachfragend: wie heißt er ( noch) gleich? what’s ( oder what was) his name again?; was wollte ich gleich sagen? what was I going to say?; wo war es gleich? where was it now?

4. umg. (auf einmal) at a time, at once; sie hat gleich drei Portionen gegessen she ate three helpings at once; er hat gleich zwei Freundinnen auf einmal he has two girlfriends (on the go) at the same time

5. umg., Gefühle oder Absicht ausdrückend: das hört sich gleich ganz anders an! that’s better, that’s more like it; willst du wohl gleich den Mund halten! drohend: will you shut up!; gleich passiert was! drohend: there’s going to be trouble!; warum nicht gleich so? ungeduldig: what’s keeping you etc.?; es muss nicht gleich... heißen / sein beruhigend: it doesn’t mean to say (that) / it doesn’t (necessarily) have to be; dann kann ich es ja gleich bleiben lassen! verärgert: then I might as well forget it ( oder give up now)!; geh doch nicht gleich in die Luft! there’s no need to lose your temper; wein doch nicht gleich there’s no need to cry; das dachte ich mir doch gleich! I thought so ( oder as much); habe ich es nicht gleich gesagt? what did I say?

III Präp. geh.: gleich einem König like a king; einem Wunder gleich as if by magic

* * *

(identisch) equally (Adv.); even (Adv.); same (Adj.);

(rechnerisch) equal (Adj.); even (Adj.);

(sofort) without delay (Adv.); instantly (Adv.); in a moment (Adv.); readily (Adv.);

(ähnlich) alike (Adj.); like (Adj.)

* * *
[glaiç]
1. ADJEKTIV

1) = identisch, ähnlich same

das gleiche, aber nicht dasselbe Auto — a similar car, but not the same one

der/die/das gleiche... wie — the same... as

in gleicher Weise — in the same way

die beiden Briefe kamen mit der gleichen Post — the two letters arrived in the same post (Brit) or mail

zur gleichen Zeit — at the same time

die beiden haben gleiches Gewicht — they are both the same weight, they both weigh the same

ich fahre den gleichen Wagen wie Sie — I drive the same car as you

das kommt or läuft aufs Gleiche hinaus — it amounts to the same thing

wir wollten alle das Gleiche — we all wanted the same thing

es ist genau das Gleiche — it's exactly the same

es waren die Gleichen, die... — it was the same ones who...

ihr Männer seid doch alle gleich! — you men are all the same!

es ist mir ( alles or ganz) gleich — it's all the same to me

Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern (Prov) — birds of a feather flock together (Prov)

Gleiches mit Gleichem vergelten — to pay someone back in the same coin (Brit), to pay sb back in kind

ganz gleich wer/was etc — no matter who/what etc

2) = gleichwertig, gleichberechtigt equal

in gleichem Abstand — at an equal distance

zu gleichen Teilen — in equal parts

zwei mal zwei (ist) gleich vier — two twos are four, two times two is four

vier plus/durch/minus zwei ist gleich... — four plus/divided by/minus two is...

gleich sein — to be sb's equal (in sth)

gleicher Lohn für gleiche Arbeit — equal pay for equal work

gleiche Rechte, gleiche Pflichten — equal rights, equal responsibilities

mit jdm in einem Ton von gleich zu gleich reden (geh) — to talk to sb as an equal

alle Menschen sind gleich, nur einige sind gleicher (hum) — all men are equal, but some are more equal than others

wir sind in gleicher Weise daran schuld — we are equally to blame

2. ADVERB

1) = ohne Unterschied equally; (= auf gleiche Weise) alike, the same

der Lehrer behandelt alle Kinder gleich — the teacher treats all the children equally

gleich gekleidet — dressed alike or the same

sie sind gleich groß/alt/schwer — they are the same size/age/weightdiams; gleich bleibend

2) räumlich right, just

das Wohnzimmer ist gleich neben der Küche — the living room is right or just next to the kitchen

gleich hinter dem Haus ist ein großer Garten — there's a big garden just behind the house

3) zeitlich = sofort immediately; (= bald) in a minute

ich komme gleich — I'm just coming

ich komme gleich wieder — I'll be right back

du kriegst gleich eine Ohrfeige — you'll get a slap in a minute

es muss nicht gleich sein — there's no hurry

es ist gleich drei Uhr — it's almost or very nearly three o'clock

das mache ich gleich heute — I'll do that today

gleich zu or am Anfang — right at the beginning, at the very beginning

gleich danach — straight or right afterwards

ich werde ihn gleich morgen besuchen — I'll go and see him tomorrow

gleich zu Beginn der Vorstellung — right at the beginning of the performance

habe ich es nicht gleich gesagt! — what did I tell you?

das habe ich mir gleich gedacht — I thought that straight away

warum nicht gleich so? — why didn't you say/do that in the first place?

na komm schon! – gleich! — come along! – I'm just coming! or – I'll be right there

wann machst du das? – gleich! — when are you going to do it? – right away or in just a moment

gleich als or nachdem er... — as soon as he...

so wirkt das Bild gleich ganz anders — suddenly, the picture has changed completely

wenn das stimmt, kann ichs ja gleich aufgeben — if that's true I might as well give up right now

deswegen brauchst du nicht gleich zu weinen — there's no need to start crying because of that

er ging gleich in die Küche/vor Gericht — he went straight to the kitchen/to court

sie hat sich gleich zwei Hüte gekauft — she went and bought TWO hats

bis gleich! — see you later!

4) in Fragesätzen again

wie war doch gleich die Nummer/Ihr Name? — what was the number/your name again?

3. PRÄPOSITION (+dat)(liter)
like
einer Epidemie gleich, gleich einer Epidemie — like an epidemic

4. BINDEWORT(old, liter)

ob er gleich... — although he...

wenn er gleich... — even if he...

* * *

1) (like one another; similar: Twins are often very alike.) alike

2) (in the same way: He treated all his children alike.) alike

3) (level; the same in height, amount etc: Are the table-legs even?; an even temperature.) even

4) (equal (in number, amount etc): The teams have scored one goal each and so they are even now.) even

5) evenly

6) (the same in size, amount, value etc: four equal slices; coins of equal value; Are these pieces equal in size? Women want equal wages with men.) equal

7) (of the same height, standard etc: The top of the kitchen sink is level with the window-sill; The scores of the two teams are level.) level

8) (soon: He will be here presently.) presently

9) (alike; very similar: The houses in this road are all the same; You have the same eyes as your brother (has).) same

10) (not different: My friend and I are the same age; He went to the same school as me.) same

11) (unchanged: My opinion is the same as it always was.) same

12) ((usually with the) the same thing: He sat down and we all did the same.) same

* * *

gleich

[ˈglaiç]

I. adj

1. (übereinstimmend) same attr; (gleichwertig) equal

zwei mal zwei [ist] \gleich vier two times two is [or equals] four

PC ist nicht \gleich PC PCs are not all the same

\gleiche Dreiecke MATH congruent triangles spec

die \gleichen Gesichter the same faces

\gleicher Lohn für \gleiche Arbeit equal pay for equal work

in \gleichem Maße to the same degree/extent

alle Menschen sind \gleich[, nur einige sind \gleicher (iron)] all people are equal [but some are more equal than others iron]

im \gleichen Moment at that very [or the same] moment

\gleichen Namens of the same name

am \gleichen Ort at/in the same place

\gleiches Recht für alle equal rights pl for all

\gleiche Rechte/Pflichten equal rights/responsibilities

am \gleichen Tag [on] the same day, that same day

in \gleicher [o auf die \gleiche] Weise in the same way

zur \gleichen Zeit at the same time

ein G\gleiches tun (geh) to do the same

G\gleiches mit G \gleichem vergelten to pay like with like, to give tit for tat

▪ der/die/das G\gleiche the same [one]

das G\gleiche gilt für dich the same goes for [or applies to] you

das G\gleiche vorhaben/wollen to have the same intentions/objectives

der/die/das G\gleiche wie.. the same as...

2. (einerlei)

[ganz] \gleich, was/wer/wie [...] no matter what/who/how [...]

▪ jdm ist jd/etw \gleich sb does not care about sb/sth, sb/sth is all the same to sb

das ist mir \gleich I don't care

3. (unverändert) same attr

[sich dat] \gleich bleiben to stay [or remain] the same [or unchanged]; Messwert a. to stay [or remain] constant [or steady]

du bist dir in deinem Wesen immer \gleich geblieben you've always had the same nature

das bleibt sich doch \gleich (fam) it's the same thing, it makes no difference

\gleich bleibend constant/constantly, steady/steadily; konsequent consistent/consistently

jedes Jahr waren es \gleich bleibend rund 1000 Anfragen each year saw a consistent number of about 1000 requests

in \gleich bleibendem Abstand at a steady distance

▪ der/die/das G\gleiche [wie...] the same [as...]

es ist immer das [ewig] G\gleiche it's always the same [old thing]

sie ist immer die G\gleiche geblieben she's never changed

aufs G\gleiche hinauslaufen [o hinauskommen] it comes [or boils] down [or amounts] to the same thing

4.

▶ etw ins G\gleiche bringen (geh) to sort out sth sep

▶ G\gleich und G \gleich gesellt sich gern (prov) birds of a feather flock together prov

▶ von G\gleich zu G \gleich on an equal footing

II. adv

1. (übereinstimmend)

\gleich alt the same age pred

\gleich groß/lang equally large/long, equal in [or the same] size/length pred

\gleich schwer equally heavy, the same weight pred

▪ etw \gleich tun to do sth the same

\gleich aufgebaut/gekleidet sein to have the same structure/to be wearing identical clothes

jdn \gleich behandeln to treat sb alike

\gleich bezahlt werden to be paid the same, to receive the same pay

\gleich gelagert comparable

\gleich gesinnt [o denkend] like-minded, of like minds pred

\gleich gestimmte Seelen kindred spirits [or souls]

\gleich lautend identical; Text a. identically worded; LING homonymous spec

der Appell wurde \gleich lautend in vielen Zeitungen gedruckt the same appeal was printed in many newspapers

2. (bald) just, in a minute [or moment]; (sofort a.) straight away

\gleich nach dem Frühstück right [or straight] after breakfast

es ist \gleich ein Uhr it's almost [or nearly] one o'clock

es muss nicht \gleich sein you don't have to do it right [or straight] away, there's no hurry

bis \gleich! see you then [or later]!; (sofort) see you in a minute [or moment]!

ich komme \gleich! I'm just coming!, I'll be right there!

habe ich es nicht \gleich gesagt! what did I tell you?, I told you so!

warum nicht \gleich so? why didn't you say so/do that in the first place?

\gleich danach [o darauf] soon afterwards [or AM also afterward]; (sofort) right away, straight [or right] afterwards [or AM also afterward]

\gleich jetzt [right] now

\gleich heute/morgen [first thing] today/tomorrow

3. (daneben) immediately, right

\gleich als [o nachdem] ... as soon as...

\gleich dahinter just [or right] behind it

\gleich danach just [or right] [or immediately] after it

\gleich daneben right beside [or next to] it

4. usu + Zahl (zugleich)

sie kaufte sich \gleich zwei Paar she bought two pairs!

drei Autos, nein, \gleich vier besitzt sie she owns three — no, four cars

III. part

1. in Fragesätzen (noch)

wie war doch \gleich Ihr Name? what was your name again?

was hast du \gleich gesagt? what was that you were saying?

2. (resignierend)

wir können \gleich zu Hause bleiben we can just [or might] as well stay at home

du brauchst nicht \gleich zu weinen there's no need to start crying

3. (überhaupt)

\gleich gar nicht/nichts not/nothing at all

IV. präp +dat (geh)

▪ \gleich jdm/etw [o jdm/etw \gleich] like sb/sth

* * *
1.
Adjektiv

1) (identisch, von derselben Art) same; (gleichberechtigt, gleichwertig, Math.) equal

gleicher Lohn für gleiche Arbeit — equal pay for equal work

gleiches Recht für alle — equal rights for all

dreimal zwei [ist] gleich sechs — three times two equals or is six

gleich bleiben — remain or stay the same; (konstant) remain or stay constant or steady

sich (Dat.) gleich bleiben — remain the same

das bleibt sich [doch] gleich — (ugs.) it makes no difference

gleich bleibend — (konstant) constant; steady

das Gleiche wollen/beabsichtigen — have the same objective[s pl.]/intentions pl.

das kommt auf das Gleiche od. aufs Gleiche heraus — it amounts or comes to the same thing

Gleiches mit gleichem vergelten — pay somebody back in his/her own coin or in kind

Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern — (Spr.) birds of a feather flock together (prov.)

gleich gesinnt — like-minded

gleich lautend — identical; identically worded

2) (ugs.): (gleichgültig)

ganz gleich, wer anruft,... — no matter who calls,...
2.
adverbial

1) (übereinstimmend)

gleich groß/alt usw. sein — be the same height/age etc.

gleich gut/schlecht — usw. equally good/bad etc.

2) (in derselben Weise)

gleich aufgebaut/gekleidet — having the same structure/wearing identical clothes

alle Menschen gleich behandeln — treat everyone alike

3) (sofort) at once; right or straight away; (bald) in a moment or minute

ich komme gleich — I'm just coming

es muss nicht gleich sein — there's no immediate hurry

es ist gleich zehn Uhr — it is almost or nearly ten o'clock

das habe ich [euch] gleich gesagt — I told you so; what did I tell you?

bis gleich! — see you later!

4) (räumlich) right; immediately; just

gleich rechts/links — just or immediately on the right/left
3.
Präposition + Dat. (geh.) like
4.
Partikel

1)

nun wein' nicht gleich/sei nicht gleich böse — don't start crying/don't get cross

2) (in Fragesätzen)

wie hieß er gleich? — what was his name [again]?

* * *

gleich

A. adj

1. (übereinstimmend) same, präd the same; (identisch) identical; Bezahlung, Rechte etc: equal; (einheitlich) uniform;

fast gleich very similar;

in gleicher Weise (in) the same way;

zu gleichen Teilen equally;

zu gleicher Zeit at the same time, simultaneously;

gleiches Recht für alle equal rights for all;

gleicher Lohn für gleiche Arbeit equal pay for equal work;

gleiche Rechte, gleiche Pflichten sprichw equal rights, equal responsibilities;

das Gleiche oder

Gleiches gilt für the same applies to (umg goes for);

es kommt oder

läuft aufs Gleiche hinaus oder

das bleibt sich gleich umg it doesn’t make any difference, it comes ( oder boils) down to the same thing;

alle Menschen sind gleich (,

nur einige sind gleicher hum) all people ( oder men) are equal (, but some are more equal [than others])

2. (ähnlich, vergleichbar) similar, like, präd alike;

Gleiches mit Gleichem vergelten give sb tit for tat, pay sb back in kind, repay like with like;

Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern sprichw birds of a feather (flock together)

3. (unverändert) the same, unchanged;

gleich bleiben → gleichbleiben;

mit stets gleicher Höflichkeit with unfailing courtesy;

er ist nicht mehr der Gleiche he’s not the man I ( oder we) used to know, he’s really changed, you wouldn’t recognize him any more

4. MATH, Winkel etc: equal; Vorzeichen, Größe etc: same, like; PHYS, Ladung, Pole: like;

in gleichem Abstand voneinander equidistant from each other;

x ist gleich y x equals y;

7 – 2 ist gleich 5 7 – 2 is ( oder leaves) 5;

5 + 2 ist gleich 7 5 + 2 equals 7;

gleich null setzen equate to zero

5. (egal):

es ist mir gleich umg it’s all the same to me;

ganz gleich wann/wo etc whenever/wherever etc (it is), no matter when/where etc (it is);

es ist ganz gleich, wann/wo etc it doesn’t matter ( oder make any difference) when/where etc;

das kann dir doch gleich sein umg why should you care?

B. adv

1. alike, equally;

gleich alt/groß etc the same age/size etc;

es geht uns diesmal allen gleich we’re all in the same boat this time;

gleich bleibend → gleichbleibend;

gleich denkend oder

gesinnt like-minded;

gleich geartet → gleichgeartet;

gleich gelagerte Fälle similar cases;

gleich gerichtet Ziele, Interessen etc: similar, parallel; TECH synchronous; ELEK unidirectional;

gleich gesinnte Leute people with the same kind of interest ( oder outlook etc);

gleich gestimmt Instrumente: tuned to the same pitch; fig in tune (with one another);

gleich gestimmte Seelen kindred spirits;

gleich lautend → gleichlautend

2. (unmittelbar) right, straight, just, directly; (sofort) straightaway, immediately;

gleich zu Beginn right at the outset; (als Anfang) to start off with;

gleich daneben right beside ( oder next to) it;

gleich gegenüber right ( oder directly) opposite;

gleich als as soon as;

gleich nach(dem) right ( oder straight) after;

(jetzt) gleich right now, this minute;

gleich! hinhaltend: just a minute, give us a chance umg;

(ich komme) gleich! (I’m) coming!, I’m on my way!;

ich ging gleich hin I went straight there;

es muss nicht gleich sein there’s no hurry;

Kollege kommt gleich im Restaurant: you’ll be served right away;

ich bin gleich wieder da I won’t be long; (sofort) I won’t be a minute;

komme gleich wieder Schild: will be right back, be back in a jiffy umg;

bis gleich! see you in a minute ( oder later);

das haben wir gleich oder

das ist gleich geschehen it won’t take a minute, we’ll have that done ( oder fixed) in no time;

es ist gleich zehn (Uhr) it’s nearly ten (o’clock)

3. umg, nachfragend:

wie heißt er (noch) gleich? what’s ( oder what was) his name again?;

was wollte ich gleich sagen? what was I going to say?;

wo war es gleich? where was it now?

4. umg (auf einmal) at a time, at once;

sie hat gleich drei Portionen gegessen she ate three helpings at once;

er hat gleich zwei Freundinnen auf einmal he has two girlfriends (on the go) at the same time

5. umg, Gefühle oder Absicht ausdrückend:

das hört sich gleich ganz anders an! that’s better, that’s more like it;

willst du wohl gleich den Mund halten! drohend: will you shut up!;

gleich passiert was! drohend: there’s going to be trouble!;

warum nicht gleich so? ungeduldig: what’s keeping you etc?;

es muss nicht gleich … heißen/sein beruhigend: it doesn’t mean to say (that)/it doesn’t (necessarily) have to be;

dann kann ich es ja gleich bleiben lassen! verärgert: then I might as well forget it ( oder give up now)!;

geh doch nicht gleich in die Luft! there’s no need to lose your temper;

wein doch nicht gleich there’s no need to cry;

das dachte ich mir doch gleich! I thought so ( oder as much);

habe ich es nicht gleich gesagt? what did I say?

C. präp geh:

gleich einem König like a king;

einem Wunder gleich as if by magic

* * *
1.
Adjektiv

1) (identisch, von derselben Art) same; (gleichberechtigt, gleichwertig, Math.) equal

gleicher Lohn für gleiche Arbeit — equal pay for equal work

gleiches Recht für alle — equal rights for all

dreimal zwei [ist] gleich sechs — three times two equals or is six

gleich bleiben — remain or stay the same; (konstant) remain or stay constant or steady

sich (Dat.) gleich bleiben — remain the same

das bleibt sich [doch] gleich — (ugs.) it makes no difference

gleich bleibend — (konstant) constant; steady

das Gleiche wollen/beabsichtigen — have the same objective[s pl.]/intentions pl.

das kommt auf das Gleiche od. aufs Gleiche heraus — it amounts or comes to the same thing

Gleiches mit gleichem vergelten — pay somebody back in his/her own coin or in kind

Gleich und Gleich gesellt sich gern — (Spr.) birds of a feather flock together (prov.)

gleich gesinnt — like-minded

gleich lautend — identical; identically worded

2) (ugs.): (gleichgültig)

ganz gleich, wer anruft,... — no matter who calls,...
2.
adverbial

1) (übereinstimmend)

gleich groß/alt usw. sein — be the same height/age etc.

gleich gut/schlecht — usw. equally good/bad etc.

2) (in derselben Weise)

gleich aufgebaut/gekleidet — having the same structure/wearing identical clothes

alle Menschen gleich behandeln — treat everyone alike

3) (sofort) at once; right or straight away; (bald) in a moment or minute

ich komme gleich — I'm just coming

es muss nicht gleich sein — there's no immediate hurry

es ist gleich zehn Uhr — it is almost or nearly ten o'clock

das habe ich [euch] gleich gesagt — I told you so; what did I tell you?

bis gleich! — see you later!

4) (räumlich) right; immediately; just

gleich rechts/links — just or immediately on the right/left
3.
Präposition + Dat. (geh.) like
4.
Partikel

1)

nun wein' nicht gleich/sei nicht gleich böse — don't start crying/don't get cross

2) (in Fragesätzen)

wie hieß er gleich? — what was his name [again]?

* * *

(Mathematik) adj.

equal adj. adj.

alike adj.

equal adj.

like adj.

right adj.

same adj.

similar adj. adv.

equally adv.

in a moment expr.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > gleich
10 doble

adj.

1 double.

doble falta double fault (en tenis)

doble fondo false bottom

doble moral double standard

doble personalidad split personality

doble sentido double meaning (de frase)

una calle de doble sentido a two-way street

doble techo fly sheet (de tienda de campaña)

doble ventana secondary glazing

2 geminate.

adv.

double.

trabajar doble to work twice as hard

f. & m.

1 double (persona parecida).

buscan a un doble de Groucho Marx they're looking for a Groucho Marx lookalike

esa chica es tu doble that girl is your double

2 look-alike, person with a keen resemblance to other, lookalike, double.

3 stand-in, body double.

4 stunt man, stand-in, stuntman.

5 stunt woman, extra, stuntwoman.

6 duplicate, dead ringer, ringer.

pres.subj.

1^st person singular (yo) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: doblar.

* * *

doble

► adjetivo

1 double

2 (nacionalidad) dual

3 (fuerte) thick

■ franela doble thick flannel

4 (fornido) thickset

5 figurado (engañoso) two-faced

► nombre masculino

1 double

■ tiene el doble que yo he's got twice as much as I have

2 (duplicado) duplicate

3 (dobladillo) hem

4 (de campana) toll

► nombre masulino o femenino

1 CINEMATOGRAFÍA stand-in, double (hombre) stunt man; (mujer) stunt woman

► adverbio

1 double

► nombre masculino plural dobles

1 (tenis) doubles

■ dobles femeninos ladies' doubles

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

ver doble to see double

doble fondo false bottom

* * *

noun mf. adj.

double

* * *

1. ADJ

1) [puerta, tela, densidad, agente] double; [control, nacionalidad] dual; [ración, café] large; [cuerda] extra strong; [ventaja] twofold

un whisky doble — a double whisky

no aparcar en doble fila — no double-parking

lo expulsaron por doble amonestación — he was sent off after receiving a second yellow card

una tela de doble ancho — a double-width piece of fabric

están trabajando a doble turno — they are working double shifts

tiene doble motivo para quejarse — he has double reason to complain

• doble acristalamiento — Esp double glazing

• de doble cara — [disquete, hoja, espejo] double-sided; [abrigo, chaqueta] reversible

impresión a doble cara — double-sided printing

• doble cristal — double glazing

• doble espacio — double-spacing

diez páginas impresas a doble espacio — ten pages printed in double-spacing

• doble falta — (Baloncesto, Tenis) double fault

• doble fondo — false bottom

un maletín con doble fondo — a case with a false bottom

en todo lo que dice hay un doble fondo — there's a double meaning in everything he says

• doble intención — double intention

no iba con doble intención — he did not have ulterior motives o double intentions

• doble juego — double-dealing

hacer un doble juego — to play a double game

• doble página — two-page spread, double-page spread

una fotografía a doble página — a two-page photograph

• doble personalidad — split personality

• de doble sentido — [calle] two-way antes de s ; [chiste, palabra] with a double meaning

todo lo que dice tiene un doble sentido — everything he says has a double meaning

• doble tracción — four-wheel drive

• visión doble — double vision
imposición 3), moral II, 2., 1)
2) (=hipócrita) [persona] two-faced

3) (Dominó) [ficha] double

el cuatro doble — the double four

2.

ADV [ver] double; [beber, comer] twice as much

con estas gafas veo doble — these glasses make me see double

3. SM

1) (=cantidad)

• el doble, ahora gana el doble — now he earns twice as much, now he earns double

su sueldo es el doble del mío — his salary is twice as much as mine, his salary is double mine

necesitamos una casa el doble de grande — we need a house twice as big as this o double the size

lleva el doble de harina — it has twice the amount of flour, it has double the amount of flour

¿cuál es el doble de diez? — what's two times ten?

apostar doble contra sencillo — to bet two to one

• el doble que — twice as much as

gana el doble que yo — he earns double what I do o twice as much as me

- doble o nada

2) (=copia) [de documento] duplicate copy; [de llave] duplicate key

3) (Cos) (=pliegue) pleat

4) [de campanas] toll(ing)

¿oyes el doble de campanas? — can you hear the bells tolling?

5) pl dobles (Tenis) doubles

un partido de dobles — a doubles match

dobles (de) caballeros — men's doubles

dobles (de) damas, dobles femeninos — ladies' doubles

dobles masculinos — men's doubles

dobles mixtos — mixed doubles

6) (Bridge) double

doble de castigo — penalty double

doble de llamada — asking double

7) ** [de cárcel] prison governor, head warden (EEUU)

4. SMF

1) (Cine) double, stand-in

2) (=persona parecida) [gen] double; [de algún famoso] lookalike

me han dicho que tengo un doble — I've been told I have a double

varios dobles de Elvis Presley — some Elvis Presley lookalikes

3) (=persona falsa) double-dealer

* * *
I
adjetivo

1) <whisky/flor/puerta> double; < café> large; <costura/hilo/consonante> double

lo veo todo doble — I'm seeing double

cerrar con doble llave — to double-lock

apostar doble contra sencillo — to bet two to one

tiene doble sentido — it has a double meaning

calle de doble sentido or dirección — two-way street

- doble crema

- doble fondo

- doble juego

- doble nacionalidad

- doble personalidad

- doble tracción

- doble ve or doble u

- doble ventana

2) (Andes, Ven fam) < persona> two-faced
II
masculino

1) (Mat)

los precios aumentaron el doble — prices doubled

tardó el doble — she took twice as long

el doble de tres es seis — two threes are six

lo hizo el doble de rápido — she did it twice as quickly

lleva el doble de tela — it uses double the amount of fabric

es el doble de largo que de ancho — it's twice as long as it is wide

doble o nada — double or quits

el doble que alguien/algo — twice as much as somebody/something

me cobraron el doble que a ti — they charged me twice as much as they did you

2) dobles masculino plural ( en tenis) doubles

- dobles caballeros/damas

- dobles mixtos

3) ( en béisbol) double

4) ( actor) stand-in, double; ( persona parecida) (fam) double

5) ( de campanas) toll, knell (liter)

* * *
I
adjetivo

1) <whisky/flor/puerta> double; < café> large; <costura/hilo/consonante> double

lo veo todo doble — I'm seeing double

cerrar con doble llave — to double-lock

apostar doble contra sencillo — to bet two to one

tiene doble sentido — it has a double meaning

calle de doble sentido or dirección — two-way street

- doble crema

- doble fondo

- doble juego

- doble nacionalidad

- doble personalidad

- doble tracción

- doble ve or doble u

- doble ventana

2) (Andes, Ven fam) < persona> two-faced
II
masculino

1) (Mat)

los precios aumentaron el doble — prices doubled

tardó el doble — she took twice as long

el doble de tres es seis — two threes are six

lo hizo el doble de rápido — she did it twice as quickly

lleva el doble de tela — it uses double the amount of fabric

es el doble de largo que de ancho — it's twice as long as it is wide

doble o nada — double or quits

el doble que alguien/algo — twice as much as somebody/something

me cobraron el doble que a ti — they charged me twice as much as they did you

2) dobles masculino plural ( en tenis) doubles

- dobles caballeros/damas

- dobles mixtos

3) ( en béisbol) double

4) ( actor) stand-in, double; ( persona parecida) (fam) double

5) ( de campanas) toll, knell (liter)

* * *

doble¹

¹ = stunt man [stunt men, -pl.], stand-in.

Ex: These descriptors are still alive: boatmen, city council-men, firemen, foremen, longshoremen, stunt men, statesmen, watchmen, man and manpower.

Ex: On the one hand, Lynch gradually reveals a deluded, modestly talented, aspiring actress failing to achieve more than a stand-in role in her own life.

doble²

² = double, dual, twofold [two-fold], two-pronged attack, double-up, duplicative, duplicative, doubling, bifocal.

Ex: Double KWIC and Permuterm indexes arrange pairs of keywords, so that the entries under one keyword are organised according to the second keyword.

Ex: It is setting up a system of dual entries, so that the French-speaking people of Canada will have French language representation in the authorities established for Canadian catalog records.

Ex: The purpose of the subject index is therefore twofold: (i) To translate a natural language term into a class number; (ii) to collocate distributed relatives.

Ex: The solution appears to lie in a two-pronged attack = La respuesta parece encontrarse en una solución doble.

Ex: The article 'The double-up program' describes an easy way to utilize multiple CD-ROM products on the same search station.

Ex: The Digital Library Federation is promoting creation of a registry of digital materials so that, among other things, duplicative digitization could be avoided = La Federación de la Biblioteca Digital está promocionando la creación de un registro de material digital para que, entre otras cosas, pueda evitarse la doble digitalización.

Ex: The Digital Library Federation is promoting creation of a registry of digital materials so that, among other things, duplicative digitization could be avoided = La Federación de la Biblioteca Digital está promocionando la creación de un registro de material digital para que, entre otras cosas, pueda evitarse la doble digitalización.

Ex: The large increase in title ouput in 1980 over the previous year resulted in a doubling of title output between 1960 and 1980.

Ex: It is contended that this type of bifocal temporal view threatens the traditional ethnographic methodology.

* acristalamiento doble = double glazing.

* a doble columna = double-column.

* a doble espacio = double-spaced.

* carretera de doble calzada = dual carriageway.

* carretera de doble carril = dual carriageway.

* codificación de doble fila = double row coding.

* con doble acristalamiento = double-glazed.

* con doble titulación = dually qualified.

* de densidad doble = double-density.

* de doble cara = double-hinged, double-sided.

* de doble filo = double-edged.

* de doble hoja = double-hinged.

* de doble sentido = double-edged, two-way.

* de doble uso = dual-use.

* demy doble = double-demy.

* doble acristalamiento = double glazing.

* doble barba = double chin.

* doble barbilla = double chin.

* doble imagen = ghosting.

* doble mentón = double chin.

* doble moral = double standard.

* doble moralidad = doublespeak.

* doble personalidad = split personality, dual personality.

* doble sentido = double meaning, equivocation.

* el doble = twice + as many.

* el doble de = twice + the number of.

* en habitación doble = double occupancy.

* ensayo doble ciego = double-blind research study.

* forma de doble fondo = double-faced mould.

* habitación con cama doble = double room.

* habitación doble = twin room, double bedroom.

* ilustración a doble página = spread, double-page spread.

* KWIC doble = double KWIC.

* ocupación doble = double occupancy.

* paginación doble = double pagination.

* persona con doble personalidad = Jekyll and Hyde.

* perspectiva doble = bifocal vision.

* poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.

* tener la doble función = double as, double up as.

* ventana con acristalamiento doble = double-glazed window.

* ver doble = see + double.

* vía de doble sentido = two-way street.

* * *

doble¹

adjective

A ‹whisky/flor/puerta/éxito› double; ‹café› large; ‹costura› double; ‹consonante› double

coser con hilo doble to sew with double thread

lo veo todo doble I'm seeing double

pon el mantel doble fold the tablecloth double

tela de doble ancho double-width fabric

de doble faz reversible

cerrar con doble llave to double-lock

apostar doble contra sencillo to bet two to one

tengo doble motivo para estar ofendida I have two reasons for being offended

tiene doble sentido it has a double meaning

calle de doble sentido or dirección two-way street

partida

Compuestos:

● doble acristalamiento

masculine ( Esp) double glazing

● doble agente

masculine and feminine double agent

● doble barba

feminine ( fam); double chin

● doble contabilidad

feminine double-entry bookkeeping

● doble crema

feminine ( Méx) double cream

● doble falta

feminine double fault

● doble fondo

masculine false bottom

● doble juego

masculine double-dealing

● doble moral

feminine double standard

● doble nacionalidad

feminine dual nationality

● doble página

double-page spread

● doble personalidad

feminine split personality

● doble tasación

feminine double taxation

● doble tracción

feminine four-wheel drive

● doble ve or doble u

name of the letter W

● doble ventana

feminine double glazing

B ( Andes fam) ‹persona› two-faced

doble²

masculine

A ( Mat):

los precios aumentaron al doble prices doubled

tardó el doble she took twice as long

el doble de tres es seis twice three is six, two threes are six

lo hizo el doble de rápido she did it twice as quickly

pesa el doble de lo que peso yo he weighs twice as much as I do, he's twice as heavy as me

lleva el doble de tela it uses double the amount of fabric

el doble QUE algn/algo twice as much AS sb/sth

gana el doble que yo she earns twice as much as I do o double what I do

come el doble que tú he eats twice as much as you (do)

me cobraron el doble que a ti they charged me twice as much as they did you o as they charged you

tienes que poner el doble de leche que de agua you have to use twice as much milk as water

es el doble de largo que de ancho it's twice as long as it is wide

B dobles mpl (en tenis) doubles (pl)

Compuestos:

● dobles caballeros or masculinos

mpl men's doubles (pl)

● dobles damas or femeninos

mpl ladies' doubles (pl)

● dobles mixtos

mpl mixed doubles (pl)

C (en béisbol) double

D (de campanas) toll, knell ( liter)

empezaron los dobles the bells began to toll

E

doble masculine and feminine

1 (actor) stand-in, double; (en escenas peligrosas) ( masculine) stuntman; ( feminine) stuntwoman

2 ( fam) (persona parecida) double

Compuesto:

doble de acción or de riesgo

masculine and feminine ( masculine) stuntman; ( feminine) stuntwoman

* * *

Del verbo doblar: ( conjugate doblar)

doblé es:

1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

doble es:

1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

Multiple Entries:
doblar
doble
doblar ( conjugate doblar) verbo transitivo
1 ‹camisa/papel› to fold;
‹brazo/vara› to bend
2 ‹ esquina› to turn, go around;
‹ cabo› to round
3 ( aumentar al doble) ‹oferta/apuesta/capital› to double;
( tener el doble que):
◊ la dobla en edad he's twice her age

4 ‹ actor› ( en banda sonora) to dub;
( en escena) to double for;
‹ película› to dub;
◊ doblada al castellano dubbed into Spanish

verbo intransitivo
1 (torcer, girar) [ persona] to turn;
[ camino] to bend, turn;
◊ dobla a la izquierda turn left

2 [ campanas] to toll
doblarse verbo pronominal
1 [rama/alambre] to bend
2 [precios/población] to double
doble 1 adjetivo
1 ‹whisky/flor/puerta› double;
‹ café› large;
‹costura/hilo/consonante› double;
◊ lo veo todo doble I'm seeing double;

cerrar con doble llave to double-lock;
tiene doble sentido it has a double meaning;
calle de doble sentido two-way street;
doble crema sustantivo femenino (Méx) double cream;
doble fondo sustantivo masculino
false bottom;
doble ve or doble u sustantivo femenino: name of the letter W;
doble ventana sustantivo femenino
double glazing
2 (Andes, Ven fam) ‹ persona› two-faced
doble 2 sustantivo masculino
1 (Mat):
◊ los precios aumentaron el doble prices doubled;

tardó el doble she took twice as long;
el doble de tres es seis two threes are six;
el doble que algn/algo twice as much as sb/sth;
el doble de largo/rápido twice as long/quick
2
a) ( en béisbol) double

b)

◊ dobles sustantivo masculino plural ( en tenis) doubles

3
◊ doble sustantivo masculino y femenino (actor, actriz) stand-in, double;

( en escenas peligrosas) (sustantivo masculino) stuntman;
(sustantivo femenino) stuntwoman;
( persona parecida) (fam) double
doblar
I verbo transitivo
1 (duplicar) to double: mi mujer me dobla el sueldo, my wife earns twice as much as I
2 (un mapa, la ropa) to fold
3 (flexionar) to bend
4 (torcer) to bend: dobló la barra de metal, he bent the metal bar
5 (girar) lo verás nada más doblar la esquina, you'll see it as soon as you get round the corner
6 (una película) to dub
II verbo intransitivo
1 (girar) to turn
doblar a la derecha/izquierda, to turn right/left
2 (repicar) to toll
doble
I adjetivo double
arma de doble filo, double-edged weapon
(hipócrita) two-faced
II sustantivo masculino
1 double: ahora pide el doble, now he's asking for twice as much
2 Dep dobles, doubles
III adverbio (el) doble, twice, double: es doble de lista que yo, she's twice as clever as I
♦ Locuciones: doble o nada, double or quits
' doble' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
arma
- bemol
- ensordecer
- espía
- filo
- fondo
- gramaje
- habitación
- sentida
- sentido
- aparcar
- cama
- clic
- crema
- doblar
- estacionar
- fila
- intención
- pasodoble
- pulmonía
- querer
- uve
English:
double
- double agent
- double glazing
- double room
- double-edged
- doubly
- dual
- room
- spacing
- spread
- stand-in
- twice
- two-way
- twofold
- divided highway
- heavy
- look
- split
- stand
- two

* * *

doble

♦ adj

double;

tiene doble número de habitantes it has double o twice the number of inhabitants;

un café doble a large coffee;

un whisky doble a double whisky;

la blanca/el seis doble [en dominó] double blank/six;

es doble de ancho it's twice as wide;

una frase de doble sentido a phrase with a double meaning;

una calle de doble sentido a two-way street;

Comp

jugar un doble juego to play a double game

Comp
Esp doble acristalamiento double glazing;
doble falta [en tenis] double fault;

doble fondo false bottom;

doble hélice double helix;

doble moral double standards;

doble nacionalidad dual nationality;

doble negación double negative;

doble pareja [en póquer] two pairs;

doble personalidad split personality;

doble sentido double meaning;

doble techo [de tienda de campaña] Br flysheet, US tent cover;

doble ventana secondary glazing

♦ nmf
[persona parecida] double; [en cine] stand-in;
buscan a un doble de Groucho Marx they're looking for a Groucho Marx lookalike;

esa chica es tu doble that girl is your double

♦ nm

1. [duplo]
el doble twice as much/many;

8 es el doble de 4 8 is twice 4;

es el doble de alto que su hijo he's twice as tall as his son;

gana el doble que yo she earns twice as much as I do;

ponme el doble de tónica que de ginebra give me twice as much tonic as gin;

la gasolina subió el doble en un año the price of Br petrol o US gas doubled in a year;

el doble de gente twice as many people;

doble o nada double or quits

2. [en tenis] [pareja] doubles pair;

el doble formado por Evert y Williams the Evert and Williams doubles pair;

dobles [modalidad] doubles

Comp
dobles femeninos women's doubles;
dobles masculinos men's doubles;

dobles mixtos mixed doubles

3. [en baloncesto]
dobles double dribble;

hacer dobles to double-dribble

4. Fam [de cerveza] = tall glass of beer

♦ adv

double;

trabajar doble to work twice as hard;

Comp
Fam
ver doble to see double

* * *

doble

I adj double; nacionalidad dual

II m

1

:

el doble twice as much (de as);

el doble de gente twice as many people, double the number of people;

me ofrecieron el doble que la otra gente they offered me double what the others did

2

:

dobles pl en tenis doubles; en baloncesto double dribble;

un partido de dobles a doubles (match);

hacer dobles en baloncesto double dribble

3 en béisbol double

III m/f en película double

* * *

doble adj

: double

♦ doblemente adv

doble nm

1) : double

2) : toll (of a bell), knell

doble nmf

: stand-in, double

* * *

doble¹ adj double

esta puerta tiene doble pestillo this door has a double bolt

doble ventana double glazing

doble² n

1. (cantidad) twice as much

cuesta el doble it costs twice as much

mañana haré el doble de ejercicio I'll do twice as much exercise tomorrow

2. (número) twice as many

había el doble de telespectadores there were twice as many viewers

3. (persona) double

tiene una doble she's got a double

el doble de + adjetivo twice as + adjetivo

es el doble de grande it's twice as big

Spanish-English dictionary > doble
11 TIGR

(gen. -ar; pl. -ir, acc. -u), m. a ten, decade, = tegr, tøgr, togr, tugr; tíu tigir manna, one hundred men; hálfan fjórða tøg skipa, thirty-five ships; sex ins fimta tigar, forty-six; vetri fátt í fjóra tigu, thirty-nine years.

* * *

tegr, also tögr, togr, tugr, m., gen. tigar, pl. tigir, acc. tigu (tögo, tugu), later tigi, Band. 36, Fb. iii. 578; [a Goth. tigus is suggested by the adj. -tigjus; A. S. tig, teg; O. H. G. zic, zuc; Germ. zebn; Dan. ty; Engl. ten.]

A. A ten, decade. The ancient Scandinavians and Teutons had no indeclinable numeral adjectives from twenty to a hundred; the word tigr (like hundrað and þúsund) being a regular substantive. The ancient way of counting is therefore complex and curious; e. g. forty-one was called ‘four tens and one’ or ‘one of the fifth decade;’ forty-eight was called ‘four tens and eight,’ or by counting back, ‘five tens short of two,’ cp. the Lat. un-de-viginti, duo-de-triginta: forty-five was called ‘half the fifth ten,’ and so on, as will best be seen from the references below; and so it goes on to ‘one hundred and twenty,’ for in Icel. a hundred means the duodecimal hundred. In the 14th century (in deeds) ‘tigr’ began to lose its character of a substantive, eg. þrjátigir, fimtigir …, or þrjátigi, fimtigi (used inclecl.), whence at last came the mod. þrjátíu, fjörutíu, fimtíu …, the tíu being a contracted form from the acc. pl. tigu. At the same time hundrað and þúsund became indecl. adjectives, e. g. þrjátiu, brjúhundruð, þrjuþúsund skipum, for the old þrem tiguin hundruðum, þúsundum skipa.

B. REFERENCES: þessi vetr fylidi annan tög aldrs Magnúss konungs, this winter completed the second ten, i. e. the twentieth year, of king Magnus’ life, Fms. vi. 90; þat skipti tögum, it amounted to tens, several tens, ii. 32; þrjá tigu manna, three tens of men, Eg. 41; á þrem tigum daga, on three tens of days, 656 A. ii. 14; þrír tigir hundraða, Dipl. v. 2; níu tigu manna, Eg. 62; þrettán tigi aura, Band. 36; nær fjórum tigum faðma töðu, well-nigh four tens of fathoms, i. e. forty, Dipl. v. 18; fjóra togo dægra, 655 iii. 3; sex togo hundraða, D.I. i. 350; sex tigir manna, Grág. ii. 194; sex tigir þúsunda manna, Post.; sex tigu hundraða, six tens of hundreds, i. e. sixty hundred, i. e. six thousand, Orkn. 416 old Ed.; tíu tigir manna, ten tens of men, i. e. one hundred, Nj. 191; tíu tigo fjár, K. Þ. K. 140; tíu tigum ásauðar, a hundred sheep, Dipl. v. 19; tíu tegu bæja, Fms. viii. 203: ellifu tigir vætta skreiðar, eleven tens, i. e. one hundred and ten, 655 iii. 4; even, þrettán tigi aura, thirteen tens, i. e. one hundred and thirty, Band. 36; fimtán tigum sinna, fifteen tens, i. e. one hundred and fifty, Dipl. ii. 14: repeating, fjóra tigi vetra ok fjóra vetr, four tens of winters and four winters, i. e. forty-four years, ÓH. (pref.); með tveim skipum ok átta togum skipa, Fms. x. 394; sex tigi vetra ok fjóra vetr, Ó. H. (pref.); þrjá tigi ára ok sex ár, three tens of years and six years, Bs. i. 30; eitt skip ok sjau tigu skipa, i. e. seventy-one, Fms. x. 344; hálfan fjórða tög vetra, half the fourth decade, i. e. thirty-five, vi. 430; hálfan fjórða tög skipa, i. 76; hálfr fimti tugr kúgilda, half the fifth decade, i. e. forty-five, Dipl. v. 18; hálfr þriði tögr manna, Ísl. ii. 387, Ld. 292; hálfr átti tögr kirkna, seventy-five, Clem.; á einu ári ins fimmta tigar konungdóms Hákonar, on the first year of the fifth ten, i. e. forty-first, Sturl. iii. 308; hann hafði vetr ens sétta tigar, one winter of the sixth ten, i. e. fifty-one, Fms. ix. 534; á öðru ári ens fjórða tigar, i. 67; annann vetr ens fjórða tigar konungdóms hans, Fms. x. 33, Bs. i. 74; fjóra vetr ens tíunda tegar, Ó. H. (pref.); sex ens fjórða tigar, i. e. thirty-six, Thorodd; vikur tvær ens sétta tegar, i. e. fifty-two, Íb. 7; hann hafði sjau vetr ens sjaunda tigar, i. e. sixty-seven, Ld. 330; á enum sjaunda vetri ens sjaunda tugar aldrs síns, Eb. 125 new Ed.; á enum sétta vetri ens átta tugar aldrs síns, Sturl. ii. 187; Þorkell hafði átta vetr ens fimta tigar þá er hann druknaði, i. e. forty-eight, Ld. 326; átta dagar ens níunda tegar, i. e. eighty-two, 1812. 49; átta aurar ens fimta tigar, Grág. ii. 144; á níunda ári ens sjaunda tigar ens tíunda hundraðs, in the ninth year of the seventh ten of the tenth hundred (i. e. 969 A. D.), Fms. i. 67; þá var Egill á níunda tigi, then was Egil in the ninth ten ( between eighty and ninety years of age), Eg. 764; vetri fátt í fjóra tigu, one year short of four tens, i. e. thirty-nine, Fms. x. 2, v. l.; lítið fátt í fimm tigi vetra, iii. 60; einu ári fátt í fimm tigi, i. e. forty-nine, … vetri einum fátt í níu tigi ára gamall, i. e. aged eighty-nine, Fb. iii. 578: curious is the phrase, af-tig gamall, = Lat. unde-viginti, aged ‘lacking twenty,’ i. e. nineteen years old, Fms. vii. 84 (in a verse); the context and chronology shew that this is the sense, and not as explained in Lex. Poët. s. v. afstigr: níu tigir ok tvau ár (elliptically dropping gen. ára), Dipl. v. 3; whence lastly as adj., þrítigir álnir (sic) lérepts, id.; fjöre-tiger manns, Bs. i. 867. As this method was somewhat unwieldy, the counting by twenty was also resorted to, cp. Gramm. xxi, sex merkr ok tuttugu; spænir þrír ok tuttugu, … sjautján merkr ok tuttugu, Bs. i. 874 (Laur. S.), or the word tigr was altogether discarded, and replaced by skor or sneis (Engl. score, Dan. snees). ☞ As in vellums the numbers are mostly represented by Roman figures, and abbreviations used, the editions cannot in these cases be implicitly relied on; the same is the case with old texts preserved in mod. paper transcripts.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > TIGR
12 ÞÚSUND

(pl. -ir), f. thousand.

* * *

f.; sérhverja þúsund, Stj. 298; á þúsund (dat.), Sks. 705; tvær, þrjár … þúsundir, 623. 53: in mod. usage it is mostly neut. (influenced by Latin?), but also fem. It is spelt þús-hund, Barl. 53; þús-hundum, Fms. vi. 409 (v. l.), Geisli 49; another form þús-hundrað (q. v.) is freq., esp. in Stj., Barl.; this double form -hund and -hundrað answers to the equally double form of ‘hundred,’ see p. 292, and is a proof that þúsund is a compound word, the latter part of which is ‘hund’ or ‘hundred;’ the etymology of the former part ‘þús’ is less certain; it is, we believe, akin to þysja, þyss, þaus-nir (a lost strong verb þúsa, þaus, þusu); þúsund would thus literally mean a swarm of hundreds: [in Goth. the gender varies, þûsundi, pl. þusundjos = χίλιοι, or þusundja, neut.; A. S. þûsend; Engl. thousand; O. H. G. dusunta; Germ. tausend, qs. dausend; Swed. tusende and tusen; Dan. tusinde; Dutch tuysend: this word is also common to the Slavon. languages: again, the Lapp, duhat and Finn. tuhat are no doubt borrowed from the Slavon. or Scandin.; the Gr., Lat., and Sansk. use other words]—a thousand.

B. There is little doubt that with the ancient heathen Scandinavians (and perhaps all Teutons), before their contact with the civilised southern people, the notion of numbers was limited, and that their thousand was not a definite number, but a vague term, denoting a swarm, crowd, host (cp. the Gr. μυρίοι): in ancient lays it occurs thrice (Hkv., Em., Fas. i. 502), but indefinitely; hvat þrym er þar sem þúsund bifisk eðr mengi til mikit, what a din is there as if a thousand were shaking, or an over-mickle multitude, Em. 2; sjau þúsundir, Hkv. 1. 49, literally = seven thousands, but in fact meaning seven hosts of men.

2. the dat. pl. þúsundum is, like huudruðum, used adverbially = by thousands, in countless numbers, Fms. vi. 409 (in a verse), Geisli 49.

3. in the ancient popular literature, uninfluenced by southern writers, ‘þúsund,’ as a definite number, occurs, we think, not half-a-dozen times. As the multiple of ten duodecimal hundreds, ere the decimal hundred was adopted, ‘þnsund’ would mean twelve decimal hundreds; and such is its use in the Sverris Saga, Fms. viii. 40, where one vellum says ‘tvær þúsundir,’ whilst the others, by a more idiomatic phrase, call it ‘twenty hundreds.’

II. in ecclesiastical writers, and in annals influenced by the Latin and the like, it is frequent enough; tíu þúsundir, fjórtán þúsundir, Fms. i. 107, 108 (annalistic records); fimm þúsundir, xi. 386, Al. 111; tíu þúsundum, Sks. 705; tíu þúsundum sinna hundrað þúsunda, Hom.; þúsund þúsunda, a thousand of thousands, i. e. a million, (mod.); hundrað þúsundir rasta ok átta tigir þúsunda, … hundrað þúsund mílna, Fb. i. 31 (in the legend of Eric the Far-traveller and Paradise, taken from some church-legend); fjórar þúsundir, Þiðr. 234: or of the years of the world, sex þúsundir vetra, Fs. 197; sjau þúsundir vetra, Landn. 34.

C. REMARKS.—The popular way of counting high numbers was not by thousands, but by tens (decades) and duodecimal hundreds as factors; thus ten … twenty hundreds, and then going on three, four, five, six … tens of hundreds (a ‘ten of hundreds’ being = 1200). The following references may illustrate this—tíu hundruð, ellefu hundruð, tólf hundruð, þrettán hundruð, fimtán hundruð …, Íb. 17, Ó. H. 119, 201, Fms. vii. 295, xi. 383, 385. From twenty and upwards—tuttugu hundrað manna, twenty hundreds of men, Fms. vii. 324, viii. 40; hálfr þriðitugr hundraða skipa, two tens and a half hundreds of ships, i. e. twenty-five hundreds, Fas. i. 378; þrjá tigu hundraða manna, three tens of hundreds of men, Fms. viii. 311; var skorat manntal, hafði hann meirr enn þrjá tigu hundraða manna, vii. 204; þrír tigir hundraða, D. N. v. 18; user fjorir tigir hundraða manna, nearly four tens of hundreds of men, Fms. vii. 275; á fimta tigi hundraða, on the fifth ten of hundreds, i. e. from four to five tens of hundreds, viii. 321; sex tigir hundraða, six tens of hundreds, 311, xi. 390; sex tigu hundraða manna, Fb. ii. 518, D. I. i. 350,—all odd amounts being neglected. The highest number recorded as actually reckoned in this way is ‘six tens of hundreds’ (fimtán tigir hundraða, fifteen tens of hundreds, Fms. viii. 321, v. l., is a scribe’s error): it is probable that no reckoning exceeded twelve tens of hundreds. All high multiples were unintelligible to the ancients; the number of the Einherjar in Walhalla is in the old lay Gm. thus expressed,—there are ‘five hundred doors in Walhalla, and five tens beside (the ‘five tens’ are, by the way, merely added for alliteration’s sake), and eight hundred Einherjar will walk out of each door when they go out to fight the Wolf’ (on the Day of final Doom). There seems to have been some dim exaggerated notion of a definite thousand in an ancient lay, only preserved in a half alliterative prose paraphrase, Fas. i. 502, where a mythical host is given thus,—there were thirty-three phalanxes, each of five ‘thousand,’ each thousand of thirteen hundreds, each hundred four times counted. The armies in the battle of Brawalla, the greatest of the mythical age, are given, not in numbers, but by the space the ranks occupied, Skjöld. S. ch. 8. This resembles the story in Ó. H. ch. 59, of the two young brothers, king’s sons: when asked what they would like to have most of, the one said: ‘Cows.’ ‘And how many?’ ‘As many,’ said he, ‘as could stand packed in a row round the lake (Mjösen in Norway) and drink.’ ‘But you?’ they asked the other boy: ‘House-carles’ (soldiers), said he. ‘And how many?’ ‘As many,’ said he, ‘as would in one meal eat up all my brother’s cows.’ Add also the tale of the King and the Giant, and the number of the giant’s house-carles, Maurer’s Volksagen 306. No less elementary was the rule for division and fractions, of which a remarkable instance is preserved in an ancient Icelandic deed, called Spákonu-arfr, published in D. I. i. 305. See also the words tigr, hundrað, skor, skora, and the remarks in Gramm. p. xix. The Homeric numeration, as set forth in Mr. Gladstone’s Homeric Studies, vol. iii, p. 425 sqq., is highly interesting, and bears a striking resemblance to that of the ancient Scandinavians. We may notice that in Iceland land and property are still divided into hundreds (hundreds of ells = 120), see hundrað B; in this case a thousand is never used, but units and hundreds of hundreds as factors, thus, sex tögu hundraða, in Reykh. Máld, (a deed of the 12th century), and so still in mod. usage; a wealthy man of the 15th century is said to have bequeathed to his daughters in land, ‘tólf hundruð hundraða ok ellefu-tíu og tvau hundruð betr, en í lausafé fimm hundruð hundraða,’ i. e. twelve hundreds of hundreds and ‘eleventy’ and two hundreds, and in movables five hundreds of hundreds, Feðga-æfi 16 (by the learned Bogi Benidiktsson of Staðarfell in Iceland, A. D. 1771–1849); sjau hundruð hundraða og þrjátigi hundruð betr, 21; hann eptir-lét börnum sínum fjármuni upp á níu hundruð hundraða, 22,—a proof that in very remote times, when this valuation of land first took place, ‘thousand’ was still unknown as a definite number.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÞÚSUND
13 tum

tum, adv. demonstr., of time [pronom. demonstr. stems to-, ta-; Gr. to, seen in ita, tam, etc.; cf. quom or cum], then.
I.
Absol.
A.
Referring to a time previously specified.
1.
To a definite past time.
(α).
To a period of time in which something was or happened (opp. later periods) = illis temporibus:
is dictu'st ollis popularibus olim Qui tum vivebant homines,
Enn. Ann. v. 308 Vahl.:
quod tum erat res in pecore et locorum possessionibus, i. e. Romuli temporibus,
Cic. Rep. 2, 9, 16:
cum illi male dicerent, quod tum fieri licebat, i. e. Periclis temporibus,
id. de Or. 3, 34, 138:
erat omnino tum mos ut faciles essent in suum cuique tribuendo,
id. Brut. 21, 85; cf. id. Tusc. 1, 46, 111:
vastae tum in his locis solitudines erant,
Liv. 1, 4, 6; 2, 6, 8; 3, 29, 3; 4, 6, 12; 42, 62, 11;
44, 9, 4: ut tum erant tempora,
Nep. Att. 1, 2; 12, 3; Liv. 1, 3, 3; 1, 8, 4; 2, 7, 4; 2, 9, 8; 2, 50, 2; 2, 63, 6;
39, 6, 7 and 9.—With illis temporibus: nam jam tum illis temporibus fortius... loquebantur quam pugnabant,
Nep. Thras. 2, 4.—
(β).
Referring to a point of time, then, at that time:
insigneita fere tum milia militum octo Duxit,
Enn. Ann. v. 336 Vahl.: ut jacui exsurgo;
ardere censui aedis: ita tum confulgebant,
Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 15:
jam duo restabant fata tum,
id. Bacch. 4, 9, 35; id. Cist. 1, 3, 14: quot eras annos gnatus tum, quom, etc.? Me Septuennis, nam tum dentes mihi cadebant primulum, id. Men. 5, 9, 56; id. Merc. prol. 66; id. Most. 1, 2, 49; id. Am. 2, 1, 56; Ter. And. 1, 1, 82: sic igitur tum se levis ac diffusilis aether... undique flexit. Lucr. 5, 467; 5, 837; 5, 911; 5, 432;
5, 942: atque huic anno proximus Sulla consule et Pompejo fuit. Tum P. Sulpicii in tribunatu, cottidie contionantis, totum genus dicendi cognovimus,
Cic. Brut. 89, 306; id. Ac. 2, 22, 69:
scribit Eudemum Pheras venisse, quae erat urbs in Thessalia tum admodum nobilis,
id. Div. 1, 25, 53; id. Rep. 2, 37, 63:
hi tum in Asia rhetorum principes,
id. Brut. 91, 316; id. Sest. 11, 26; id. Planc. 37, 90; id. Quint. 61, 170; id. Fam. 9, 21, 2:
hoc tum veritus Caesar Pharum prehendit,
Caes. B. C. 3, 112:
eodem anno a Campanis Cumae, quam Graeci tum urbem tenebant, capiuntur,
Liv. 4, 44, 13; 1, 7, 14; 2, 9, 5;
2, 37, 7: praetores tum duos Latium habebat,
id. 8, 3, 9:
Aemilius, cujus tum fasces erant, dictatorem dixit,
id. 8, 12, 13; 5, 8, 4; 22, 46, 6;
1, 7, 12: tum Athenis perpetui archontes esse desierunt,
Vell. 1, 8, 3:
tum Cimbri et Teutoni transcendere Rhenum,
id. 2, 8, 3; Val. Max. 1, 5, 3; Tac. H. 4, 49; 3, 57:
non timido, non ignavo cessare tum licuit,
Curt. 3, 11, 5:
Archiae, qui tum maximum magistratum Thebis obtinebat,
Nep. Pelop. 3, 2; id. Phoc. 3, 3.—With in eo tempore: eum quem virile secus tum in eo tempore habebat, Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 5.—Repeated by anaphora:
quae nox omnium temporum conjurationis acerrima fuit. Tum Catilinae dies exeundi, tum ceteris manendi condicio, tum descriptio... constituta est, tum tuus pater, etc.,
Cic. Sull. 18, 52; cf. Lucr. 5, 1377; 5, 1399.—
(γ).
Esp., referring to a former state, implying that it no longer exists:
quaesivit ex lege illa Cornelia quae tum erat,
Cic. Clu. 20, 55:
cum sententias Oppianicus, quae tum erat potestas, palam ferri velle dixisset,
id. ib. 27, 75:
Caere, opulento tum oppido,
Liv. 1, 2, 3; 3, 52, 3:
praetores aerarii (nam tum a praetoribus tractabatur aerarium), etc.,
Tac. H. 4, 9.—
(δ).
Expressly opposed to present time (hodie, nunc, hoc tempore, etc.; class. and very freq.; but in post-Aug. writers tunc is regularly used): prius non is eras qui eras;
nunc is factu's qui tum non eras,
Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 138:
tu nunc tibi Id laudi ducis quod tum fecisti inopia?
Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 25; id. Hec. 3, 3, 48:
quae tabula, tum imperio tuo revulsa, nunc a me tamen reportata est,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 46, § 112:
tum imperator populi Romani deos patrios reportabat, nunc praetor ejusdem populi eosdem illos deos... auferebat,
id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 77; cf. id. ib. 2, 4, 35, § 78; 2, 5, 20, § 51; id. Clu. 31, 86; id. Planc. 9, 22; id. Quint. 22, 71; id. Phil. 14, 8, 21; id. Leg. 2, 22, 57; Caes. B. C. 3, 17; Liv. 5, 3, 5; 6, 15, 11; 10, 9, 6.—
(ε).
Opposed to another time specified:
itaque tum eos exire jussit. Post autem e provincia litteras ad conlegium misit, se, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 2, 4, 11:
itaque ut tum carere rege, sic pulso Tarquinio nomen regis audire non poterat,
id. Rep. 2, 30, 53; id. Mil. 21, 55:
sicut legatorum antea, ita tum novorum colonorum caede imbutis armis,
Liv. 4, 31, 7; 39, 22, 10; 9, 36, 1; 2, 52, 7; 4, 2, 10; 4, 57, 11;
21, 17, 1: et tum sicca, prius celeberrima fontibus, Ide,
Ov. M. 2, 218; Verg. A. 11, 33; Nep. Arist. 2, 3; id. Ham. 11, 7.—
(ζ).
In the historians in applying general statements or truths to the state of affairs spoken of: communi enim fit vitio naturae ut invisis atque incognitis rebus... vehementius exterreamur;
ut tum accidit,
Caes. B. C. 2, 4; 3, 68; id. B. G. 7, 3; 2, 6; id. B. C. 1, 80:
foedera alia aliis legibus, ceterum eodem modo omnia fiunt. Tum ita factum accepimus,
Liv. 1, 24, 4; 1, 32, 14; 21, 31, 12.—
(η).
Denoting coincidence or inner connection with an action before mentioned = a temporal clause (tum = cum hoc fieret), then, on that occasion:
quis tum non ingemuit?
Cic. Vatin. 13, 31:
ne tum quidem hominum venustatem et facetias perspicere potuisti? i. e. cum coronam auream imponebant,
id. Fl. 31, 76: apud imperitos tum illa dicta sunt;
nunc agendum est subtilius,
id. Fin. 4, 27, 74:
itaque tum Stajenus condemnatus est,
i. e. in that trial, id. Clu. 36, 101; id. Sen. 7, 22:
M. Porcius Cato qui, asper ingenio, tum lenem mitemque senatorem egit,
Liv. 45, 25; Val. Max. 8, 3, 3:
sed tum supplicia dis... decernuntur,
Tac. A. 3, 64; 3, 72:
Graecia tum potuit Priamo quoque flenda videri,
Ov. M. 14, 474.—
With the occasion referred to specified in the same clause: Manlius... ex petulanti scurra in discordiis civitatis ad eam columnam tum suffragiis populi pervenerat,
Cic. Clu. 13, 39:
emisti tum in naufragio hujus urbis... tum, inquam, emisti ut, etc.,
id. Prov. Cons. 4, 7.—Repeated by anaphora: et Capitolinis injecit sedibus ignes. Tum statua Nattae, tum simulacra deorum, Romulusque et Remus cum altrice belua vi fulminis icti conciderunt, Cic. Div. 2, 20, 45;
so repeated seven times,
id. Rep. 1, 40, 62.—
(θ).
Redundant, the time of the action being clear without it (esp. in Cic.):
atque hoc tum judicio facto... tamen Avitus Oppianicum reum statim non facit,
Cic. Clu. 20, 56:
itaque tum ille inopia et necessitate coactus ad Caepasios confugit,
id. ib. 20, 57; id. Brut. 23, 90; 39, 145; 43, 161; cf. id. Sull. 18, 51, where tum redundant occurs six times successively.—
2.
In oblique discourse, referring to the time of the speaker, = nunc in direct discourse:
quando autem se, si tum non sint, pares hostibus fore?
if they were not now so, Liv. 3, 62, 1:
(dixit Sempronius)... nec tum agrum plebi, sed sibi invidiam quaeri,
id. 4, 44, 9; 4, 57, 4:
moenia eos tum transcendere non Italiae modo, sed etiam urbis Romanae,
id. 21, 35, 9; 5, 21, 7 (in this use nunc is also freq.).—
3.
Referring to indefinite time.
(α).
Then, at such a time of the year, day, etc., at such a season:
tum denique tauros in gregem redigo (after Lyra rises),
Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 12; 1, 35 fin.; Col. 11, 2, 87.—
(β).
With the force of an indefinite temporal clause, at such a time, in such circumstances, i. e. when such a thing happens as has happened:
qui (porci) a partu decimo die habentur puri, ab eo appellantur sacres, quod tum ad sacrificium idonei habentur primum,
Varr. R. R. 2, 4, 16; 2, 7, 13:
deinde cibum sequitur somnus... quia plurima tum se corpora conturbant (i. e. cum cibum ceperunt),
Lucr. 4, 957; 3, 599; 4, 892; 4, 919;
4, 1030: quam regionem cum superavit animus... finem altius se efferendi facit. Tum enim sui similem et levitatem et calorem adeptus... nullam in partem movetur,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 43; 1, 31, 75; 3, 23, 55; 4, 24, 54; Tac. Dial. 7.—
(γ).
With the force of a conditional clause, then, in this instance, if so: immo res omnis relictas habeo prae quod tu velis. Ph. Tum tu igitur, qua causa missus es ad portum, id expedi (i. e. si ita est), Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 39; id. Most. 5, 1, 55; id. As. 1, 1, 93; 2, 2, 64; 3, 3, 36; id. Aul. 3, 6, 31; id. Capt. 3, 4, 108; 4, 2, 78: non potitus essem;
fuisset tum illos mi aegre aliquot dies,
Ter. Phorm. 1, 3, 7; id. Eun. 2, 2, 50; 5, 1, 23; id. Hec. 3, 5, 12:
ego C. Caesaris laudibus desim, quas, etc.? Tum hercule me confitear non judicium aliquod habuisse,
Cic. Planc. 39, 93: scribant aliquid Isocrateo more...;
tum illos existimabo non desperatione formidavisse genus hoc,
id. Or. 70, 235; id. Font. 21, 49 (17, 39); id. Tusc. 1, 35, 85; id. Fam. 9, 8, 2; Ov. H. 18 (19), 81: vellem tam ferax saeculum haberemus...;
tum ego te primus hortarer, etc.,
Plin. Ep. 4, 15, 8.—
4.
Referring to future time.
(α).
To a definite time before mentioned:
ut sit satius perdere Quam aut nunc manere tam diu, aut tum persequi,
i. e. after my future return, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 27:
jam nunc mente prospicio quae tum studia hominum, qui concursus futuri sint,
Cic. Div. in Caecin. 13, 42; id. Verr. 1, 13, 37; 1, 10, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 17; id. Marcell. 9, 30:
tum meae... Vocis accedet bona pars,
Hor. C. 4, 2, 45.—
(β).
With the force of a conditional clause (cf. 3. b, supra), then, in this instance, if so: specta, tum scies. Plaut. Bacch. 4, 9, 100; cf.:
quom videbis, tum scies,
id. ib. 1, 2, 37: tuom incendes genus;
Tum igitur aquae erit tibi cupido, etc.,
id. Trin. 3, 2, 50; id. Curc. 2, 3, 17:
confer sudantes, ructantes, refertos epulis... tum intelleges, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 5, 34, 100; id. Planc. 18, 45; id. Phil. 2, 45, 115:
agedum, dictatorem creemus... Pulset tum mihi lictorem qui sciet, etc.,
Liv. 2, 29, 12; Cic. Phil. 10, 3, 6; id. Or. 23, 78; 71, 235; Liv. 4, 22, 11; 5, 16, 10; 9, 11, 4.—
B.
Referring to a time subsequent to a time mentioned, then, thereupon.
1.
Simple sequence in time.
(α).
Time proper (only of an immediate sequence;
otherwise deinde, postea, etc., are used): tum cum corde suo divum pater atque hominum rex Effatur, etc.,
Enn. Ann. 179:
dico ei quo pactod eam viderim erilem nostram filiam sustollere. Extimuit tum illa,
Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 9; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 29; id. As. 4, 1, 58: tum ille egens forte adplicat Primum ad Chrysidis patrem se. Ter. And. 5, 4, 21; id. Eun. 3, 1, 17; Cato, R. R. 48 (49); 135 (136); so id. ib. 112 (113): equos quinto anno... amittere binos (dentes);
tum renascentes eis sexto anno impleri,
Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 2 sq.: collo [p. 1909] cari jussit hominem in aureo lecto, abacosque complures ornavit... Tum ad mensam eximia forma pueros jussit consistere, eosque, etc., Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 61:
dixerat hoc ille, cum puer nuntiavit venire ad eum Laelium... Tum Scipio e cubiculo est egressus, etc.,
id. Rep. 1, 12, 18; id. Div. 2, 66, 135; id. Clu. 14, 40; id. Cat. 3, 5, 10; id. Ac. 2, 5, 13; id. Div. 1, 35, 77:
hostes suos ab oppugnatione reduxerunt. Tum suo more conclamaverunt ut, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 26; cf. id. ib. 7, 64; 5, 43 fin.;
5, 48: adsurgentem ibi regem cuspide ad terram adfixit. Tum spolia caputque abscisum spiculo gerens... hostes fudit,
Liv. 4, 19, 5; 5, 21, 1; 1, 26, 9; 1, 18, 10; 1, 20, 1; 1, 22, 6; 1, 28, 4; 1, 28, 9; 2, 24, 4;
3, 8, 11, etc.: tum Caesar cum exercitu Thessaliam petit,
Vell. 2, 52, 1; Val. Max. 5, 1, 3; Curt. 4, 3, 7; Tac. A. 3, 28; 11, 35; id. H. 4, 84; Ov. M. 2, 122; 4, 80; 7, 121; 10, 481; 14, 386; Flor. 1, 13, 12; Gell. 1, 19, 5; 1, 23, 5.—
(β).
In partic., foll. by an abl. absol.:
tum, prope jam perculsis aliis tribunis, A. Verginius Caesoni capitis diem dicit,
Liv. 3, 11, 9; 8, 32, 1; 10, 29, 12:
tum omni spe perdita, Meherdates dolo ejus vincitur, traditurque victori,
Tac. A. 12, 15; 12, 16:
tum, ferro extracto, confestim exanimatus est,
Nep. Epam. 9, 4.—
(γ).
Implying a connection between two events, hence, under these circumstances, accordingly, thereupon:
at pater omnipotens ira tum percitus acri... Phaethonta... Deturbavit in terram,
Lucr. 5, 399:
madefactum iri Graeciam sanguine... tum neque te ipsum non esse commotum, Marcumque Varronem et M. Catonem... vehementer esse perterritos,
Cic. Div. 1, 32, 68; cf. id. ib. 1, 34, 76; Caes. B. G. 4, 25; cf. id. ib. 5, 49; 5, 51;
7, 59: quippe quibus nec domi spes prolis, nec cum finitimis conubia essent. Tum ex consilio patrum Romulus legatos circa vicinas gentes misit,
Liv. 1, 9, 2; 3, 26, 1; 3, 31, 7; 4, 45, 7.—
2.
Enumeration of a series of events; the co-ordinate clauses introduced by tum... tum, or primum (primo)... deinde... tum, etc.
(α).
Succession of time proper:
ducem Hannibali unum e concilio datum (a Jove), tum ei ducem illum praecepisse ne respiceret, illum autem respexisse, tum visam beluam vastam, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 24, 49; 1, 27, 57; 2, 28, 58 sq.:
primo... deinde... tum... tum,
id. Fin. 1, 16, 50; 5, 23, 65; id. Tusc. 5, 2, 5:
primum... deinde... tum... postremo,
id. N. D. 2, 1, 3; 3, 3, 6: primum colonos inde Romanos expulit: inde in Latinam viam transgressus, etc., inde Lavinium recepit; tum deinceps Corbionem, Vitelliam;
postremum, etc.,
Liv. 2, 39, 4:
primi consules sub jugum missi, tum ut quisque gradu proximus erat, tum deinceps singulae legiones,
id. 9, 6, 1:
primo... deinde... tum... tum,
id. 21, 22, 8; id. praef. 9; 3, 28, 8: 5, 39, 7;
23, 23, 6: deinde... deinde... Tum... post quas, etc.,
Curt. 3, 3, 24: primum... deinde... deinde... tum... postea, Masur. Gabin. ap. Gell. 5, 13, 5; Gai. Inst. 4, 60.—
(β).
So in partic.: tum (also hic, et;
not deinde or postea), to denote the succession of speakers in dialogue: immo duas dabo, inquit adulescens... Tum senex ille: Si vis, inquit, quattuor sane dato,
Plaut. Stich. 4, 1, 46 dub.:
tum Piso... inquit, etc. Tum Quintus... inquit, etc. Hic ego... inquam, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Piso... inquit, etc. Et ille ridens... inquit, etc. Tum Piso exorsus est, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 5, 1, 2 sqq.:
tum Atticus... inquit, etc. Tum ille... inquit, etc. Tum Brutus, etc. Tum ille, etc. Tum Atticus, etc. Tum Pomponius... inquit, etc.,
id. Brut. 3, 11 sqq., and through the whole treatise; cf. id. Ac. 1, 2, 4; 1, 3, 9; 1, 4, 13; 1, 12, 43 and 44; 2, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 15 sqq.; id. Rep. 1, 13, 19 sqq.; Liv. 7, 10, 2 sqq.; 23, 12, 8; Tac. Dial. 3; 15; 25; 42; Gell. 3, 1, 11 sqq.; 18, 1, 9 sqq.; Ov. M. 14, 594.—
(γ).
Transf., of sequence or succession of thought, passing into mere co-ordination (v. C. 2. b, g), then... again... furthermore:
qui mi in cursu obstiterit, faxo vitae is obstiterit suae. Prius edico ne quis, etc. Tum pistores scrofipasci qui, etc. Tum piscatores.... Tum lanii autem qui, etc.,
Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 28; 4, 2, 34; 4, 2, 39: (res familiaris) primum bene parta sit, tum quam plurimis se utilem praebeat, deinde augeatur ratione, diligentia, etc., Cic. Off. 1, 26, 92; id. Ac. 2, 47, 146; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 68 sq.; 5, 40, 117; id. Ac. 2, 10, 30; id. de Or. 1, 42, 190; id. Cat. 4, 3, 5; id. Agr. 1, 2, 5; id. Clu. 2, 6; Liv. 3, 26, 11.—
C.
Hence, as co-ordinating conjunction, introducing an additional assertion, or thought.
1.
Alone, = praeterea, and then, besides, also, moreover, on the other hand (freq. in ante-class. style and in Cic.;
rare in Livy and post-Aug. prose): argenti aurique advexit multum, lanam purpuramque multam... tum Babylonica peristromata, etc.,
Plaut. Stich. 2, 3, 54; id. Rud. 2, 4, 10; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 71; 4, 8, 17; id. Ps. 3, 2, 78; id. Aul. 1, 2, 6; 1, 3, 16; id. Men. 5, 5, 41; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 1, 3, 15; 4, 2, 3; Ter. And. 1, 5, 27; 1, 2, 21; 2, 3, 7; id. Eun. prol. 4; 5, 6, 15; id. Heaut. 2, 1, 16; Lucr. 4, 680; cf. id. 1, 494; 4, 1152:
magnum ingenium L. Luculli, magnumque optimarum artium studium, tum omnis ab eo percepta doctrina... caruit omnino rebus urbanis,
Cic. Ac. 2, 1, 1; 2, 14, 43; id. Div. 1, 24, 50; 1, 42, 94; id. de Or. 1, 46, 201; id. Off. 1, 6, 19; id. Fin. 1, 6, 21; 2, 16, 53; id. Leg. 1, 5, 17; 1, 9, 26; id. Rab. Post. 14, 40; id. Phil. 13, 12, 26:
altera ex parte Bellovaci instabant, alteram Camulogenus tenebat: tum legiones a praesidio interclusas maximum flumen distinebat,
Caes. B. G. 7, 59; id. B. C. 3, 49: naves convenerunt duae Punicae quinqueremes;
duae ab Heraclea triremes... tum quinque Rhodiae quadriremes,
Liv. 42, 56, 6; 1, 40, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 3, 4; Just. 5, 10, 3.—Sometimes connecting two terms of the same clause, with the force of cum... tum (v. infra, 3. d.):
quot me censes homines jam deverberasse, hospites tum civis?
Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 14:
faciendum est igitur nobis ut... veteranorum, tum legionis Martiae quartaeque consensus... confirmetur,
Cic. Phil. 3, 3, 7; Liv. 28, 43, 1 (in co-ordination often with etiam, autem, and sometimes with praeterea and porro; v. III. infra).—
2.
Tum as correlative of a preceding tum.
(α).
With an added assertion or thought: ita est haec hominum natio: voluptarii atque potatores, Tum sycophantae... plurimi In urbe habitant;
tum meretrices mulieres Nusquam perhibentur blandiores gentium,
Plaut. Men. 2, 1, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 28; id. Mil. 3, 1, 100; 3, 1, 102.—
(β).
Tum... tum = nunc... nunc (modo... modo), sometimes... sometimes, now... now, at one time... at another (freq. in Cic., not in Caes., rare in Liv., and very rare in postAug. writers):
tum huc, tum illuc inretitos impedit piscis,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 1, 17:
tum hoc mihi probabilius, tum illud videtur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 43, 134:
mihi... tum hoc tum illud probabilius videtur,
id. Off. 3, 7, 33; so id. Am. 4, 13; id. Sen. 13, 45; id. Top. 7, 31; id. N. D. 2, 19, 49:
(alvus) tum restringitur, tum relaxatur,
id. ib. 2, 54, 136; id. Rep. 3, 13 (14), 23; id. Leg. 2, 7, 16; id. Or. 63, 212; id. Sen. 3, 7; id. Inv. 1, 37, 66:
dictator tum appellare tum adhortari milites,
Liv. 8, 39, 4; Suet. Ner. 1; Gell. 1, 11, 15.—Tum may be repeated several times:
plerique propter voluptatem tum in morbos graves, tum in damna, tum in dedecora incurrunt,
Cic. Fin. 1, 14, 47; 3, 7, 26;
so three times,
id. N. D. 1, 12, 29; 1, 14, 37; 1, 15, 39; id. Inv. 1, 52, 98; id. Or. 3, 45, 177; id. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 2, 17, 43; id. Top. 25, 96;
four times,
id. N. D. 1, 43, 120; 2, 20, 52; 2, 39, 101; id. Verr. 2, 4, 34, § 75;
five times,
id. N. D. 2, 5, 14; id. Inv. 1, 13, 17; 1, 41, 76; id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 94;
six times,
id. ib. 1, 53, 120;
seven times,
Quint. 9, 4, 133;
nine times,
Cic. N. D. 2, 50, 51.—And in chronological order (to be distinguished from the instances B. 2. a and g):
Atheniensium (rem publicam constituerunt) tum Theseus, tum Draco, tum Solo, tum Clisthenes, tum multi alii,
at different times, successively, Cic. Rep. 2, 1, 2.—
(γ).
Preceded or followed by other co-ordinate words (alias, modo, aliquando, aut... aut, nunc... nunc):
ex quo intellegitur qualis ille sit quem tum moderatum, alias modestum, tum temperantem, alias constantem continentemque dicimus,
Cic. Tusc. 4, 16, 36:
tum... tum... aliquando,
id. Div. 2, 2, 6:
tum... tum... aut... aut,
id. Or. 61, 204:
modo... tum autem,
id. N. D. 2, 40, 142:
nunc... nunc... tum... tum,
Flor. 1, 17, 5.—
(δ).
Tum... tum = et... et, both... and, not only... but also, partly... partly, without regard to time, the second term being frequently strengthened by etiam (mostly post-Aug.):
Milo Compsam oppugnans, ictusque lapide tum Clodio, tum patriae, quam armis petebat, poenas dedit,
Vell. 2, 68, 3:
Muciam et Fulviam, tum a patre, tum a viro utramque inclitam,
Val. Max. 9, 1, 8:
Caesar Pompejo tum proprias, tum etiam filiae lacrimas reddidit,
id. 5, 1, 10; Quint. 7, 3, 18; Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 28; id. Clem. 1, 19, 2; Front. Aquaed. 1; Tac. A. 12, 33; Suet. Tit. 3; Nep. praef. 8;
and with etiam,
Val. Max. 2, 2, 8; 5, 9, 1; 7, 6 prooem.; Nep. Them. 2, 3.—
3.
As correlative with a preceding cum, introducing particular after a universal or a stronger or more important assertion after a weaker or less important.
a.
Connecting complete sentences with different predicates, cum... tum = as... so, while... (tum being not translated; ante-class. cum always with indic.; class. with subj. or indic.):
quom antehac te amavi, et mihi amicam esse crevi... tum id mihi hodie aperuisti,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 2; id. Truc. 4, 1, 6:
quom id mihi placebat, tum uno ore omnes omnia Bona dicere,
Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 10:
quae cum res tota ficta sit pueriliter, tum ne efficit quidem quod vult,
Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 19; id. Tusc. 5, 39, 13; id. Fam. 13, 16, 1; and so with subj., id. N. D. 1, 1, 1; id. Off. 3, 2, 5; id. Lael. 7, 23; id. Brut. 39, 145; 11, 250:
cum omnium rerum simulatio est vitiosa, tum amicitiae repugnat maxime,
id. Lael. 25, 91; id. Div. 2, 27, 58; and so with indic., id. Planc. 33, 80; id. Tull. 4, 8; id. Div. in Caecil. 20, 65; id. Sest. 1, 2; id. Fam. 16, 4, 4:
haec cum merito ejus fieri intellegebat, tum magni interesse arbitrabatur, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 5, 4; 3, 16; id. B. C. 1, 58; Liv. 3, 34, 1; 4, 53, 4.—
b.
Clauses with the same predicate, which is placed after the first clause (always with indic.):
nam mihi, cum multa eximie divineque videntur Athenae tuae peperisse, tum nihil melius illis mysteriis quibus, etc.,
Cic. Leg. 2, 14, 36; id. Tusc. 4, 18, 42; id. Phil. 2, 5, 12; Liv. 4, 46, 10; 6, 38, 10.—
c.
Clauses with a common predicate placed before both co-ordinate terms, cum... tum = not only, but also; as... so especially:
visa est Arcesilae cum vera sententia, tum honesta et digna sapiente,
Cic. Ac. 2, 24, 77; id. Fin. 1, 16, 51; 2, 35, 119; 3, 1, 3:
movit patres conscriptos cum causa tum auctor,
Liv. 9, 10, 1; 4, 57, 2; Suet. Ner. 46 init. —
d.
With a common predicate after both co-ordinate terms:
quom virum tum uxorem, di vos perdant,
Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 103:
luxuria cum omni aetati turpis tum senectuti foedissima est,
Cic. Off. 1, 34, 123; id. Clu. 59, 161; id. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 86; id. N. D. 1, 21, 57; id. Deiot. 9, 26; id. Clu. 16, 46:
concitatos animos flecti quam frangi putabat cum tutius tum facilius esse,
Liv. 2, 23, 15; 6, 9, 8; 1, 57, 1; 10, 26, 13; Tac. Dial. 5.—With tum several times repeated:
quem pater moriens cum tutoribus et propinquis, tum legibus, tum aequitati magistratuum, tum judiciis vestris commendatum putavit,
Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 58, § 151; cf. esp. id. Planc. 40, 95. —
e.
Tum, in this construction, is freq. strengthened,
(α).
By vero:
cum haec sunt videnda, tum vero illud est hominis magni, etc.,
in particular, Cic. Clu. 58, 159; id. Mur. 27, 55; id. Phil. 3, 5, 12; 7, 3, 9; cf. id. Or. 1, 23, 106; 3, 16, 60; Liv. 34, 39, 9; Quint. 12, 1, 25.—
(β).
By maxime, above all, most of all, especially, chiefly:
cum omnibus in rebus temeritas in adsentando turpis est, tum in eo loco maxime in quo ju dicandum est quantum, etc.,
Cic. Div. 1, 4, 7; id. Tusc. 4, 1, 1; 5, 12, 36; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 69:
cum infamia atque indignitas rei impediebat, tum maxime quod, etc.,
Caes. B. G. 7, 56; Sall. J. 43, 5; Liv. 1, 8, 2; Suet. Claud. 30; Quint. 6, 1, 29.—
(γ).
By praecipue, especially, chiefly, above all:
cum omnium sociorum provinciarumque rationem diligenter habere debetis, tum praecipue Siciliae,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 2; id. Fam. 13, 11, 3:
fortuna quae plurimum potest cum in reliquis rebus, tum praecipue in bello,
Caes. B. C. 3, 68; Liv. 22, 43, 11; 1, 40, 3; Quint. 1, 1, 29; 1, 10, 13; 5, 10, 106; Plin. Ep. 4, 3, 2.—
(δ).
By inprimis, chiefly, principally:
cum multa non probo, tum illud inprimis quod, etc.,
Cic. Fin. 1, 6, 18; id. Fam. 12, 22, 3.—
(ε).
By cumprimis, chiefly, principally: quapropter bene cum superis de rebus habenda Nobis est ratio... tum cumprimis Unde anima atque animi constet [p. 1910] natura videndum, Lucr. 1, 131.—
(ζ).
By certe, especially, at least, assuredly:
at cum de plurimis eadem dicit, tum certe de maximis,
Cic. Fin. 4, 5, 13; id. Fam. 7, 4; cf. Quint. 2, 1, 10.—
(η).
By nimirum, assuredly, undoubtedly:
cum plurimas... commoditates amicitia contineat, tum illa nimirum praestat omnibus quod, etc.,
Cic. Am. 7, 23. —
(θ).
By etiam, besides, as well:
cum omnes omnibus ex terris homines improbos audacesque collegerat, tum etiam multos fortes viros et bonos... tenebat,
Cic. Cael. 6, 14; id. Ac. 2, 10, 31; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2:
quos tu cum memoriter, tum etiam erga nos amice et benevole collegisti,
id. Fin. 1, 10, 34; id. Verr. 2, 3, 23, § 56:
cum sua virtute, tum etiam alienis vitiis,
id. Leg. 23, 67; id. Fin. 2, 12, 38; id. N. D. 2, 37, 95; id. de Or. 3, 60, 225; Liv. 1, 21, 2; 7, 23, 6; 7, 32, 10; Val. Max. 7, 2, 3; 3, 2, 10; 9, 6, 3; Quint. 9, 1, 20; 9, 4, 143.—
(ι).
By quoque, also, besides, as well:
cum potestas major, tum vir quoque potestati par hostes trans Anienem submovere,
Liv. 4, 17, 11; 1, 22, 2; cf. Quint. 12, 10, 72.—
(κ).
By et, also, besides, too:
cujus mortem cum luctus civitatis, tum et dictaturae undecim insignem fecere,
Just. 19, 1, 7.—
(λ).
By praeterea, moreover, besides:
dicimus C. Verrem cum multa libidinose fecerit, tum praeterea quadringentiens sestertium ex Sicilia abstulisse,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56.
II.
Tum as correlative of dependent clauses (freq. in ante - class. writings and Cic., rare in post-Aug. writings).
A.
With temporal clauses, introduced by cum, = at the time when, at a time when.
1.
Referring to definite past time.
a.
Tum as antecedent of cum:
jam tum cum primum jussit me ad se arcessier, Roget quis, Quid tibi cum illa?
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 4; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21:
qui (Hercules) tum dolore frangebatur cum immortalitatem ipsa morte quaerebat,
Cic. Tusc. 2, 8, 20:
bene apud majores nostros senatus tum cum florebat imperium decrevit ut, etc.,
id. Div. 1, 41, 91; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114; id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 2, 66, § 160; id. Clu. 33, 89; id. Verr. 1, 2, 5; id. Brut. 2, 7; 23, 89; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Agr. 2, 24, 64; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; 3, 4, 11:
tum mittendos legatos fuisse cum Perseus Graecas urbes obsideret,
Liv. 45, 3, 7:
tum cum Vipereos sparsi... dentes,
Ov. M. 4, 572; id. H. 3, 23; Val. Max. 6, 1, 12.—After pluperf.:
nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant scimus Romae solutione impedita fidem concidisse,
Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19; Val. Max. 3, 6, 1; 2, 8, 15 fin. —Tum inserted in the temporal clause:
cum Davo egomet vidi jurgantem ancillam... quom ibi me adesse neuter tum praesenserat,
Ter. And. 5, 1, 20.—
b.
Tum, introducing the apodosis of the temporal clause (generally not transl. in Engl.).
(α).
Of coincident events, cum... tum = while: quom genui tum morituros scivi, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 58, 132 (Trag. Rel. v. 361 Vahl.); Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 18:
cum minime videbamur, tum maxime philosophabamur,
Cic. N. D. 1, 3, 6; id. Agr. 2, 11, 26; id. Cael. 26, 63; id. Phil. 3, 5, 13:
cum pavida mulier nullam opem videret, tum Tarquinius fateri amorem, orare, etc.,
Liv. 1, 58, 3; 5, 11, 4. —
(β).
Tum = deinde, usu. after a pluperf.:
id cum Sulla fecisset, tum ante oppidum Nolam Samnitium castra cepit,
Cic. Div. 1, 33, 72; id. Brut. 92, 319; id. Ac. 2, 3, 9; 2, 3, 15; id. Fin. 1, 8, 26; id. Tusc. 4, 20, 45; id. Div. 1, 25, 53; 2, 2, 7; id. Rep. 2, 25, 47; Liv. 21, 11, 8; cf. id. 1, 26, 7; 23, 22, 4.—Inserted in the apodosis:
cum jam humanae opes egestae a Veis essent, amoliri tum deum dona,
Liv. 5, 22, 3.—
2.
Referring to definite present time:
quem esse negas, eundem esse dicis. Cum enim miserum esse dicis, tum eum qui non sit, dicis esse,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12.—
3.
Referring to indefinite time.
a.
As antecedent of the clause, = at the time when, at a time when, whenever: hominum inmortalis est infamia;
etiam tum vivit quom esse credas mortuam,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28; id. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7; Cato, R. R. 31:
nec sibi enim quisquam tum se vitamque requirit Cum pariter mens et corpus sopita quiescunt,
Lucr. 3, 919; 4, 444; 4, 455;
4, 1166: omnis praedictio mali tum probatur cum ad praedictionem cautio adjungitur,
Cic. Div. 2, 25, 54; id. Fin. 2, 32, 104; id. N. D. 2, 3, 9: tum cum sine pondere suci Mobilibus ventis arida facta volant, Ov. H. 5, 109; Cic. Ac. 1, 12, 44; 2, 27, 88; id. Fin. 4, 8, 20; id. Tusc. 3, 9, 20; 5, 26, 73; id. N. D. 1, 4, 9; id. Off. 1, 27, 93.—Tum maxime... cum plurimum = eo magis quo magis:
eam (partem animi) tum maxime vigere cum plurimum absit a corpore,
Cic. Div. 1, 32, 70; so, cum maxime... tum maxime; v. b. a foll.—
b.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
As coincident:
quom amamus, tum perimus,
Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 94:
ulmus, cum folia cadunt, tum iterum tempestiva est,
Cato, R. R. 17; so id. ib. 155 (156):
cum ea quae quasi involuta fuerunt, aperti sunt, tum inventa dicuntur,
Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 26; id. Fin. 5, 10, 29; 1, 17, 57; id. N. D. 2, 52, 129; 1, 19, 49; id. Imp. Pomp. 6, 15.—Cum maxime... tum maxime = quo magis eo magis:
nam quom pugnabant maxume, ego tum fugiebam maxume,
Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 45:
quamobrem omnes, cum secundae res sunt maxume, tum maxume Meditari secum oportet, etc.,
Cic. Tusc. 3, 14, 30 poet. —
(β).
As subsequent:
ad legionem quom itum, adminiculum eis danunt tum jam aliquem cognatum suum,
Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 47:
eo cum accessit ratio argumentique conclusio... tum et perceptio eorum omnium apparet,
Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 30; 2, 41, 128; id. Fin. 5, 9, 24; 1, 20, 69; 5, 15, 41; id. Tusc. 1, 4, 8; 1, 24, 58; 3, 2, 3; id. N. D. 2, 48, 123; id. Div. 2, 19, 44.—
4.
Referring to future time.
(α).
Tum as antecedent of cum:
quom mi haec dicentur dicta, tum tu, furcifer, quasi mus in medio pariete vorsabere,
Plaut. Cas. 1, 51; id. Bacch. 3, 4, 20:
non committam ut tum haec res judicetur cum haec frequentia Roma discesserit,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 54; id. Agr. 2, 17, 44; 2, 25, 67; id. Fin. 4, 22, 62; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Liv. 23, 13, 4; 41, 10, 7; Ov. M. 2, 651; id. H. 15, 293; Nep. Them. 6, 5.—
(β).
Tum introducing the apodosis:
quom videbis, tum scies,
Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; 4, 6, 30:
de quo cum perpauca dixero, tum ad jus civile veniam,
Cic. Leg. 1, 12, 34; id. Clu. 2, 6; 4, 9; Liv. 3, 56, 10.—
B.
With temporal clause, introduced by ubi.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):
vitem novellam resecare tum erit tempus ubi valebit,
Cato, R. R. 33:
tum tu igitur demum id adulescenti aurum dabis, ubi erit locata virgo in matrimonium?
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 52.—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
Referring to definite past time (tum always = deinde):
ubi eorum dolorem majorem quam ceterorum cognovi, tum meum animum in illos, tum mei consilii causam proposui, tum eos hortatus sum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 63, § 140; Sall. J. 94, 3:
ubi illuxit, et Romanis Punica et Gallica arma cognita, tum dubitationem exemere,
Liv. 25, 10, 5; 1, 9, 10; 4, 57, 3; 9, 43, 16; 21, 25, 12; 23, 11, 4.—
(β).
Referring to indefinite time:
post ubi tempust promissa jam perfici, Tum coacti necessario se aperiunt,
Ter. And. 4, 1, 8: Cato, R. R. 3 init.; 17:
ubi jam morbi se flexit causa... Tum quasi vaccillans primum consurgit,
Lucr. 3, 503; 6, 129; 6, 526.—
(γ).
Referring to future time:
otium ubi erit, tum tibi operam ludo et deliciae dabo,
Plaut. Rud. 2, 4, 13; id. Stich. 4, 2, 14:
ubi tu voles, Ubi tempus erit, sat habet si tum recipitur,
Ter. Eun. 3, 2, 32; Plaut. Truc. 4, 4, 18; id. Bacch. 4, 3, 72; id. Pers. 4, 7, 19; id. Cas. 3, 2, 27:
ut ubi id interrogando argumentis firmavero, tum testes ad crimen accommodem,
Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 55:
ubi haerere jam aciem videris, tum terrorem equestrem infer,
Liv. 6, 12, 10; 22, 55, 8.—
C.
With a temporal clause introduced by postquam.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):
Flaminius qui ne quieto quidem hoste ipse quieturus erat, tum vero postquam res sociorum ante oculos prope suos ferri vidit, suum id dedecus ratus, etc.,
Liv. 22, 3, 7; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 (v. infra, III. A. 2. a. b).—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis (always = deinde).
(α).
Referring to definite past time:
posteaquam e portu piratae exierunt, tum coeperunt quaerere homines, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 38, § 100; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40 (al. tunc):
postquam satis virium collectum videbat, tum ex suis unum sciscitatum Romam ad patrem misit,
Liv. 1, 54, 5; 3, 66, 5; 6, 13, 4; 22, 48, 4; 25, 10, 6; Gell. 5, 3, 6.—
(β).
Referring to indefinite time: postquam vero commoditas quaedam... dicendi copiam consecuta est, tum ingenio freta malitia pervertere urbes adsuevit, Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 3.—
D.
With a temporal clause introduced by ut.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause (very rare):
tum vero ingentem gemitum dat Ut spolia, ut currus, utque ipsum corpus amici... conspexit,
Verg. A. 1, 485; cf. id. ib. 12, 218.—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
Of definite past time:
nam ut dudum adcurrimus ad Alcesimarchum... tum mi, puto, prae timore hic excidisse Cistellam,
Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 46:
sed ut intellectum est quantam vim haberet accurata... oratio, tum etiam magistri dicendi multi subito exstiterunt,
Cic. Brut. 8, 30; id. Phil. 9, 4, 9; Liv. 24, 44, 10; id. 21, 54, 9; 23, 34, 6.—
(β).
Referring to future time:
neque ut quaeque res delata ad nos erit, tum denique scrutari locos debemus,
Cic. de Or. 2, 34, 146:
traditum esse ut quando aqua Albana abundasset, tum, si eam Romanus rite emisisset, victoriam de Vejentibus dari (= si quando),
Liv. 5, 15, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.—
E.
With a temporal clause introduced by quando.
1.
Tum as antecedent of the clause.
(α).
Of definite past time:
auctoritatem senatus exstare sentio, tum, quando Alexandro mortuo, legatos Tyrum misimus,
Cic. Agr. 2, 16, 41.—
(β).
Of future time:
at scire tum memento quando id quod voles habebis,
Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 41; id. Mil. 3, 1, 213; id. Most. 3, 1, 136; id. Men. 5, 7, 57:
utinam tum essem natus quando Romani dona accipere coepissent,
Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75.—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis.
(α).
Of indefinite time (quando = whenever):
quando esurio tum crepant (intestina),
Plaut. Men. 5, 5, 27; id. Truc. 1, 1, 15; id. Ps. 4, 7, 85:
quando mulier dotem marito dabat, tum quae ex suis bonis retinebat reciperare dicebatur,
Gell. 17, 6, 6; 7 (6), 14, 4.—
(β).
Of future time:
at tu, quando habebis, tum dato,
Plaut. Men. 3, 3, 23:
quando ab eadem parte sol eodemque tempore iterum defecerit, tum signis omnibus ad principium revocatis, expletum annum habeto,
Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24:
quando mihi usus venerit, tum quaeram ex te atque discam,
Gell. 6 (7), 17, 4.—
F.
In the apodosis after simul ac:
an simul ac nubes successere, ipse in eas tum Descendit (Juppiter), prope ut hinc teli determinet ictus?
Lucr. 6, 402.—
G.
With a temporal clause introduced by dum.
1.
Tum as antecedent:
sanctius visum est nomen Augusti, ut scilicet jam tum dum colit terras, ipso numine ac titulo consecretur,
Flor. 2, 33, 66 (4, 12, 66).—
2.
Tum introducing the apodosis:
dum habeat, tum amet,
Plaut. Truc. 2, 1, 23:
dum se glomerant... tum pondere turris Procubuit,
Verg. A. 9, 540.—
H.
As antecedent of quamdiu:
qui cum tibi amicus non modo tum fuerit quamdiu tecum in provincia fuerit, verum etiam nunc sit cum, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 24, § 58.—
K.
Denoting a logical consequence after quando and cum:
quando ergo erga te benignus fui... tum te mihi benigne itidem addecet... referre gratiam,
Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 35:
cum magnus numerus deesset, tum iste homo nefarius in eorum locum... substituere coepit cives Romanos,
Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 28, § 72.—
L.
After relative clauses denoting time: qua tempestate Paris Helenam innuptis junxit nuptiis, Ego tum gravida expletis jam fere ad pariendum mensibus, Poet. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 58, 219 (Trag. Rel. p. 246 Rib.).—
M.
With conditional clauses.
1.
With a conditional clause introduced by si, sin, ni (not nisi).
(α).
Tum as antecedent of clause:
tum pol ego interii, homo si ille abiit,
Plaut. Ps. 4, 1, 6; id. Men. 2, 2, 71; Ter. Heaut. 4, 3, 40:
si tenuis causa est, tum etiam argumentandi tenue filum,
Cic. Or. 36, 124; id. Rep. 1, 40, 62; 2, 9, 15; id. Fin. 1, 19, 63; id. N. D. 1, 6, 13; id. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:
tum vero ego nequiquam Capitolium servaverim si civem in servitutem duci videam,
Liv. 6, 14, 4; 3, 9, 11; 6, 14, 4; 7, 34, 14; Cato ap. Plin. 29, 1, 7, § 14; Gell. 2, 12, 1 sq.; 4, 13, 1; 14, 2, 21.—
(β).
Tum introducing the apodosis:
si triduum hoc hic erimus, tum arbores in te cadent,
Plaut. Men. 2, 3, 30; id. Rud. 5, 2, 59; 3, 4, 49; id. As. 1, 3, 89; id. Rud. 1, 3, 13; id. Ps. 4, 1, 1; 4, 1, 48 (39); Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 64; 3, 1, 17; id. Phorm. 1, 3, 19; Cato, R. R. 26; cf. id. ib. 27:
quod si, ut spero, cepero, tum vero litteras publice mittam,
Cic. Fam. 2, 10, 3; id. Div. 1, 44, 100; cf. id. Ac. 2, 10, 32; id. Fin. 2, 4, 79; id. N. D. 3, 36, 87; id. Rep. 1, 43, 66: id. [p. 1911] Rosc. Am. 49, 142:
si dimicandum erit, tum tu in novissimos te recipito,
Liv. 7, 40, 13; 8, 10, 12; Hor. S. 1, 2, 97; Ov. M. 7, 32.—
Esp., denoting the consequences of perjury in ancient formulas of oaths: si ego injuste illos homines dedier mihi exposco, tum patriae compotem me numquam siris esse,
Liv. 1, 32, 7; 1, 24, 8; 22, 53, 11; hence, quid si falles? Me. Tum Mercurius Sosiae iratus siet, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 239; 3, 2, 52; id. Aul. 4, 10, 50; cf. also Liv. 3, 64, 10.—
2.
With a condition contrary to fact.
(α).
Tum, antecedent of clause:
tum esset ostentum, si anguem vectis circumplicavisset,
Cic. Div. 2, 28, 62; id. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:
tum id audirem si tibi soli viveres,
id. Marcell. 8, 25; id. Fin. 4, 13, 33; id. Div. 2, 35, 73.—
(β).
Tum introducing the apodosis:
si quidem me amaret, tum istuc prodesset,
Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 56:
quodsi omnia nobis quae ad victum pertinent. suppeditarentur, tum optimo quisque ingenio, totum se in cognitione et scientia collocaret,
Cic. Off. 1, 44, 158. —
N.
After an abl. absol.
1.
With perfect participles (= postquam or cum... tum), mostly with denique, vero, demum.
(α).
Referring to definite past time:
ut morte ejus nuntiata tum denique bellum confectum arbitraretur,
Cic. Mur. 16, 34:
sed confecto proelio tum vero cerneres quanta vis animi fuisset in exercitu Catilinae,
Sall. C. 61, 1:
ita rebus divinis peractis tum de bello deque republica dictator rettulit,
Liv. 22, 11, 1; 2, 29, 1; 2, 29, 3; 3, 56, 1; 5, 50, 8; Plin. 11, 20, 22, § 68.—
(β).
Referring to indefinite time:
hisce omnibus rebus consideratis, tum denique id quod primum est dicendum, postremum soleo cogitare, quo utar exordio,
Cic. Or. 2, 77, 315.—
(γ).
Referring to future time (the abl. absol. = a fut. perf.):
ita prope XL. diebus interpositis tum denique se responsuros esse arbitrantur,
Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 31; 1, 18, 54; id. Fin. 4, 13, 32; id. Scaur. Fragm. 10, 22.—
2.
With pres. participles (post-class.):
tacentibus cunctis, tum ipse (dixit), etc.,
Just. 12, 15, 6.
III.
Particular connections.
A.
With other particles of time.
1.
Jam tum, already at that time, i. e. earlier than might be anticipated:
jam tum erat suspitio Dolo malo haec fieri,
Ter. Eun. 3, 3, 8; cf. id. ib. 4, 4, 58; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 34:
quippe etenim jam tum divom mortalia saecla Egregias animo facies vigilante videbant,
Lucr. 5, 1169; 5, 1037:
ut mihi jam tum divinasse ille (Romulus) videatur hanc urbem sedem aliquando summo esse imperio praebituram,
Cic. Rep. 2, 5, 10; 2, 7, 12; id. Div. 2, 57, 118; id. Tusc. 4, 2, 4:
jam tum in Palatio monte Lupercal hoc fuisse ludicrum ferunt,
Liv. 1, 5, 1; 1, 7, 16; 1, 41, 7; 10, 21, 14;
24, 49, 1: ut jam tum qualis futurus esset ostenderet,
Suet. Dom. 1; Curt. 4, 6, 29.—
2.
Tum demum and tum denique, then only, then at length, then at last, not till then, i. e. later than might be expected, implying delayed action.
a.
Tum demum.
(α).
In gen.:
adversisque in rebus noscere qui sit. Nam verae voces tum demum pectore ab imo Eiciuntur,
Lucr. 3, 58:
tum demum Liscus, oratione Caesaris adductus, quod antea tacuerat proponit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 5, 33; Sall. J. 46, 1:
nec ante in campum degressi sunt quam, etc. Tum demum castra Etruscorum pro moenibus Fidenarum posita,
Liv. 4, 17, 12; 45, 12, 6; 2, 20, 11; 5, 39, 2; 23, 19, 15 et saep.; Val. Max. 1, 6, 10; 1, 7, 4; Curt. 3, 12, 12; Tac. A. 3, 18; 3, 47.—
(β).
In partic., referring to clauses introduced by cum, ubi, si, or abl. absol. (v. II. A. B. L. M.), denoting absolute restriction to the terms of the clause:
imo etiam ubi expolivero, magis hoc tum demum dices,
Plaut. Poen. 1, 1, 60:
tum demum mihi procax Academia videbitur si aut consenserint omnes, aut, etc.,
Cic. N. D. 1, 6, 13:
cum is Casilini eo die mansurum dixisset, tum demum cognitus est error,
Liv. 22, 13, 8; Vell. 2, 115, 4; Val. Max. 3, 8, 1 fin.; 7, 2, 4; Curt. 3, 11, 6; Plin. Ep. 8, 20, 7.—
(γ).
Sometimes = nunc demum (anteclass.): victus es, Chaline. St. Tum nos demum vivere. Olympio. Gaudeo, Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 65.—
b.
Tum denique.
(α).
In gen.:
tum denique tauros in gregem redigo,
Varr. R. R. 2, 5:
injecta glaeba tumulus is (locus) ubi humatus est vocatur, ac tum denique multa religiosa jura complectitur,
Cic. Leg. 2, 22, 57; id. Fin. 3, 22, 76; id. Tusc. 3, 26, 61: nequiquam temptati ut tum denique desisterent impediendo bello, Liv. 4, 55, 5; Ov. M. 4, 519; 7, 857; 10, 664.—
(β).
Referring to clauses with cum, etc. (v. II. A. B. L. M.):
tum denique homines nostra intellegimus bona quom quae in potestate habuimus ea amisimus,
Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 33:
quo cum venerimus, tum denique vivemus,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75; 3, 31, 75; id. Leg. 2, 4, 10; id. Rep. 1, 6, 11; so,
tum denique si,
id. Fam. 14, 2, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 10, § 29; id. Verr. 2, 2, 1, § 1:
indicandum primum fuisse, dein petendum praesidium, postremo ni impetraretur, tum denique querendum,
Liv. 23, 43, 2; Cato ap. Plin. 17, 18, 29, § 126 (for tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9, v. II. D. 2. a).—
3.
Tum primum (rarely primo), then for the first time:
tum genus humanum primum mollescere coepit,
Lucr. 5, 1014:
ludorum gratia quos tum primum anniversarios in circo facere constituisset,
Cic. Rep. 2, 7, 12; id. Sen. 21, 78; Caes. B. G. 7, 11:
ponte sublicio tum primum in Tiberi facto,
Liv. 1, 33, 6; 2, 41, 3; 39, 22, 2; 2, 20, 6; 39, 49, 4; Vell. 2, 37, 5; Tac. A. 2, 27; id. H. 4, 57; Curt. 3, 12, 26. —
4.
With deinde, hic, postea, with consecutive force emphatic.
a.
Deinde tum (very rare):
primum ea quae sumus acturi cogitare debemus, deinde tum dicere ac facere,
Varr. L. L. 6, 6, 62.—
b.
Tum deinde.
(α).
= tum demum or tum denique, then at length, not till then, then only:
nonne optime patronus occurrat prius conviciis luxuriae, etc., tum deinde narret de bonis Pallae? etc.,
Quint. 4, 2, 27; 12, 10, 11:
emam, aedificabo, credam, exigam, honores geram: tum deinde lassam senectutem in otium referam,
Sen. Ep. 101, 4; Plin. 16, 44, 95, § 251.—So corresp. with cum:
quas cum solus pertulisset, tum deinde comitia collegae subrogando habuit,
Liv. 2, 8, 3 (Weissenb. demum, by conj.); Col. R. R. 1, 6, 13. —
(β).
= an emphatic deinde: nam praetermisit quod in prima parte sumere debuit;
tum deinde eodem ipso quod omiserat quasi proposito ad confirmandum aliud utitur,
Gell. 2, 8, 3; 13, 24 (23), 1; Just. 2, 1, 19.—
c.
With hic:
hic tum repente Pacilius quidam accedit, ait, etc.,
Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 38, § 94:
hic ego tum ad respondendum surrexi,
id. Clu. 18, 51; 27, 73:
hic tum injectus est hominibus scrupulus,
id. ib. 28, 76; id. Sest. 11, 25.—
d.
Tum postea:
tum postea complorantibus nostris, dies quidem tandem inluxit,
Gell. 19, 1, 3; so id. 14, 3, 10 (for quid tum postea, v. D. 1.).—
5.
With interim:
unum, alterum, tertium annum Sassia quiescebat... Tum interim, Q. Hortensio, Q. Metello coss.... despondet ei filiam suam,
Cic. Clu. 64, 179.—
B.
With particles of emphasis.
1.
Tum vero (sometimes tum enimvero or enimvero tum), then indeed, at that crisis, then if not before, etc., or merely = emphatic then, denoting either coincidence or sequence of action.
(α).
In gen.:
discedit a Melino Cluentia. Tum vero illa egregia mater palam exsultare... coepit,
Cic. Clu. 5, 14; 22, 61; id. Agr. 1, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 41, § 107:
semper equidem magno cum metu incipio dicere... tum vero ita sum perturbatus ut, etc.,
id. Clu. 18, 51:
tum vero dubitandum non existimavit quin ad eos proficisceretur,
Caes. B. G. 2, 8; 5, 37; id. B. C. 1, 82; 2, 42:
Aruns Tarquinius et Tullia minor... junguntur nuptiis. Tum vero in dies infestior Tulli senectus... coepit esse,
Liv. 1, 47, 1; 2, 22, 6; 4, 49, 13; 10, 19, 12; 21, 45, 9; 21, 58, 5; Ov. M. 2, 227; 7, 685; Curt. 4, 13, 1; 3, 11, 5; Tac. Agr. 37.—And in enumerations:
deinde... post autem... tum vero ipsam veterem Karthaginem vendunt,
Cic. Agr. 1, 2, 5.—
(β).
As correlative of temporal or conditional clauses, and after abl. absol.:
quod ubi Romam est nuntiatum, senatui metum injecit ne tum vero sustineri nec in urbe seditio, nec in castris posset,
Liv. 5, 7, 4; Sall. J. 94, 3:
tum vero... si,
Cic. Fin. 1, 19, 63; Liv. 6, 14, 4 (v. II. M. 1. a, b).—With cum, Liv. 32, 12, 1:
quae postquam frustra temptata rogumque parari... vidit, Tum vero gemitus... Edidit,
Ov. M. 2, 621; Sall. J. 106, 6; 84, 1; id. Cat. 51, 40; v. C. 1. b. (so, tum vero denique after ut, Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; v. II. D. 2. and M. 1.).—
2.
Tum quidem, at that time, thereupon, then at least (usu. opposed to a later time): dixit sibi in somnis visum esse, etc. Et tum quidem incolumis exercitum liberavit; post triennium autem devovit se, etc., Cic. Div. 1, 24, 51; so,
actum quidem,
id. Fl. 25, 59; id. Lael. 11, 39:
et tum quidem ab Dio Perseus in interiora regni recepit se... post dies paucos, etc.,
Liv. 42, 39, 1; 1, 57, 10; 3, 2, 10;
7, 17, 3.—Often in resuming the narrative after a digression: ac tum quidem regem... filium appellat,
Curt. 4, 7, 25.—Merely emphatic:
Duillio Cornelioque coss. etiam mari congredi ausus est. Tum quidem ipsa velocitas classis comparatae victoriae auspicium fuit,
Flor. 1, 18 (2, 2), 7; so id. 1, 22 (2, 6), 20; 1, 40 (3, 5), 12.—With cum, Tac. Dial. 11.—
3.
Ne tum quidem, not even then:
num quis horum miser hodie? Ne tum quidem, post spiritum extremum,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 37, 89; id. Div. 1, 26, 55; id. Verr. 2, 2, 40, § 98:
ubi ne tum quidem eos prodire intellexit,
Caes. B. G. 1, 50; 7, 53; Tac. H. 5, 21; Curt. 3, 2, 18.—With cum:
ille vere ne tum quidem miser cum ab Oroete in crucem actus est,
Cic. Fin. 5, 30, 92; so id. Tusc. 5, 20, 57; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; Liv. praef. 12; 39, 39, 11.—
4.
Tum maxime (sometimes tum cummaxime).
(α).
Especially at that time, chiefly then: illi sumposia, nos convivia quod tum maxime simul vivitur, Cic. Fam. 9, 24, 35; id. Leg. 2, 11, 26.—With cum:
quae quidem vis tum maxime cognita est cum... M. Cato, legem suadens, in Galbam multa dixit,
Cic. Brut. 23, 89; id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Par. 4, 1, 29.—
(β).
Just then, just at that moment (not ante-Aug.):
regi, tum maxime captivos ex Illyrico vendenti,
Liv. 43, 20, 3; 1, 10, 1:
per totam aciem vulgatum est, castra amissa esse, et tum cummaxime ardere,
id. 40, 32, 1; so,
tum cummaxime,
id. 43, 7, 8:
corpus enim suum a caupone trucidatum tum maxime plaustro ad portam ferri,
Val. Max. 1, 7, ext. 10; 2, 10, 2; 3, 2, 2 fin.; Curt. 3, 4, 14; 6, 6, 10; Plin. 2, 63, 63, § 154; Quint. 2, 15, 30; 2, 61, 31; Suet. Caes. 65; id. Calig. 53.—So with cum:
et quod tum maxime Abydum oppugnaret cum rex ab Attalo et Rhodiis ultro se bello lacessitum diceret,
Liv. 31, 18, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 15, 2.—
(γ).
Strengthening the co-ordinate tum after cum, so especially; v. I. C. 3. e. b (for cum maxime... tum maxime and tum maxime... cum plurimum, v. II. A. 3. a. b.).—
5.
Tum potissimum = tum maxime, just then (rare):
C. Caesar... tum potissimum acie commissa impeditos religione hostes vicit,
Front. Strat. 2, 1, 16.—
6.
Etiam tum.
(α).
Even then:
etiam tum vivit cum esse credas mortuam,
Plaut. Pers. 3, 1, 28:
totum se Servilio etiam tum tradidit,
even then, at so late a time, Cic. Sest. 62, 130:
etiam tum cum verisimile erit,
id. Rosc. Am. 20, 57.— So with cum, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 59, § 154; id. Dom. 13, 23; id. Sest. 38, 81.—
(β).
Still, as yet (also as one word; cf. etiamtum, and v. the foll. additional passages), Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 19, § 41; id. Fin. 3, 14, 48; id. Rep. 2, 12, 24; id. Arch. 3, 5; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; id. Brut. 20, 80; id. Off. 2, 14, 47; Caes. B. C. 3, 93; Liv. 5, 40, 10; Val. Max. 9, 6, 3; Tac. A. 3, 72; Suet. Claud. 27 fin.; id. Dom. 22.—
And with a negation, = nondum: ipsa ego non longos etiam tum scissa capillos,
not yet long, Ov. H. 8, 79.—
7.
Tum etiam.
(α).
Followed by si or cum, even if, even when:
atque equidem filium Tum etiam si nolit, cogam,
Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 65:
qui tum etiam cum... circumfusi erant caligine,
Cic. Tusc. 1, 19, 45.—
(β).
Then also, then too, besides:
tum etiam illud cogitatote, sic vivere Cornelium ut, etc.,
Cic. Balb. 28, 65; id. N. D. 1, 16, 43; so id. Leg. 1, 13, 35; id. Fin. 2, 16, 53; Col. 12 praef.—
8.
Tum quoque.
(α).
Also then, then likewise, then as before, then as on another occasion mentioned before: ceu lapidem si Percutiat lapis aut ferrum;
nam tum quoque lumen Exsilit,
Lucr. 6, 162:
tum quoque homini plus tribui quam nescio cui necessitati,
Cic. Prov. Cons. 11, 28:
tum quoque multis milibus Latinorum in civitatem acceptis,
Liv. 1, 33, 5; 2, 52, 2; 21, 22, 4; Caes. B. C. 3, 37; Ov. M. 14, 369.—
(β).
Even then, = etiam tum (rare):
et tamen tum quoque se absentes triumphare credunt,
Liv. 45, 38, 13; 39, 41, 3; 39, 47, 11; Ov. H. 17 (18), 190.—
(γ).
In orat. obliq. (v. I. A. 2.), even now:
quod si Romani tum quoque aequa aspernarentur,
Liv. 42, 62, 7. —
(δ).
= sic quoque, even under the circumstances, even as it was, etc. (v. sic, V. 3.): ut si effugium patuisset in publicum, impleturae urbem tumultu fuerint. Tum quoque [p. 1912] aliquotiens integro corpore evaserunt, Liv. 24, 26, 13; 40, 16, 6; 43, 4, 1;
9, 13, 9: tum quoque, amputata dextra, navem sinistra comprehendit,
Just. 2, 9, 18.—
9.
Tum ipsum = eo ipso tempore, at the very time, just then, even then (only in Cic. in four passages; cf.:
nunc ipsum): tota igitur ratio talium largitionum vitiosa est, temporibus necessaria, et tum ipsum... moderanda est,
Cic. Off. 2, 17, 60:
quem quidem cum sua voluntate ex patria Karthaginem revertisset, tum ipsum cum vigiliis et fame cruciaretur, clamat virtus beatiorem fuisse quam Thorium,
id. Fin. 2, 20, 65 Madv. ad loc.:
tum ipsum cum immolare velis extorum fieri mutatio potest,
id. Div. 1, 52, 118:
ita (oratores), non injuria, quotienscunque dicerent, id quod aliquando posset accidere, ne tum ipsum accideret, timere,
id. Or. 1, 27, 123.—
C.
Tum with co-ordinating particles.
1.
Tum autem.
(α).
= praeterea, and then, besides (v. I. C. 1.): turpilucricupidum te vocant cives tui;
tum autem sunt alii qui te volturium vocant,
Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 64:
oves scabrae sunt... Tum autem Surorum nemo exstat qui ibi sex menses vixerit,
id. ib. 2, 4, 141; id. Mil. 4, 2, 13; id. Pers. 4, 2, 3; id. Poen. 5, 5, 34; 5, 7, 22; Ter. And. 1, 5, 34; id. Eun. 5, 9, 7; id. Hec. 2, 1, 14; 3, 2, 10:
tum autem qui non ipso honesto movemur... callidi sumus, non boni,
Cic. Leg. 1, 14, 41; id. Or. 1, 58, 247; 2, 19, 80.—
(β).
= tum... tum:
visne igitur inter hos populos inambulantes, tum autem residentes quaeramus eisdem de rebus?
Cic. Leg. 1, 5, 15.—
(γ).
= eo tempore, with autem as connective:
tum illic autem Lemnius... uxorem duxit, etc.,
Plaut. Cist. 1, 3, 25:
tum autem ex omnibus montibus nives proluit,
Caes. B. C. 1, 48.—
(δ).
But in this instance:
uxori emunda ancilla'st: tum autem pluscula Supellectile opus est,
Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 60; 5, 7, 25 sq.—
2.
For tum etiam, v. B. 7. b.—
3.
Tum praeterea:
nam tui similis est probe. Tum praeterea talem, nisi tu, nulla pareret filium,
Ter. Heaut. 5, 3, 20; so id. Ad. 3, 2, 47; id. Phorm. 3, 2, 33; Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56 (v. I. C. 3. e. l).—
4.
Tum porro:
tum porro venti magnam quoque tollere partem Umoris possunt,
Lucr. 6, 623; 4, 829 (827).—
D.
Quid tum?
1.
In dialogue, what then? what next? what further? novi ego hos pugnos meos. Ca. Quid tum? Th. Quid tum? Rogitas? Hisce ego, si tu me inritaveris, placidum te hodie reddam, Plaut. Curc. 5, 3, 49; so id. As. 2, 2, 83; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 47; 3, 5, 66; id. Phorm. 3, 3, 8.—And strengthened:
quid tum postea?
Plaut. Trin. 3, 3, 41; id. As. 2, 2, 68; 2, 2, 79; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 78; 4, 2, 9; 4, 7, 23; id. Ad. 4, 5, 15; id. Hec. 4, 1, 36: videsne abundare me otio? A. Quid tum? Cic. Tusc. 2, 11, 26.—
2.
In imitation of a dialogue:
at mulctantur bonis exsules. Quid tum? Parumne multa de toleranda paupertate dicuntur?
Cic. Tusc. 5, 37, 107; so id. Quint. 22, 72; 27, 84; id. Verr. 2, 4, 59, § 132; id. Dom. 47, 123; id. Dejot. 7, 22; id. Phil. 1, 10, 26; Hor. S. 2, 3, 230.—
3.
As emphatic co-ordinative in quoting the different items of a document, law, etc.: quive in senatu sententiam dixit, dixerit. Quid tum? Qui eorum coiit, coierit, etc., what next? i. e. and then, listen! Cic. Clu. 54, 148; so id. Agr. 1, 5, 16; 3, 3, 11; id. Mur. 12, 26; id. Fl. 23, 55.—
E.
Tum temporis = eo tempore (post class. and rare; cf.:
tunc temporis): postera die civitas principem suum, ac tum temporis consulem in foro expectabat,
Just. 31, 2, 6.

Lewis & Short latin dictionary > tum
14 महा _mahā

1
महा A cow.

2

महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)

-Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.

-अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.

-(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.

-2 a kind of rat.

-3 N. of Śiva.

-अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.

-अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.

-अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.

-अध्वरः a great sacrifice.

-अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.

-2 cooking utensils. (

-सी) a kitchen-maid. (

-सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.

-अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.

-अनुभाव a.

1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.

-2 virtuous, righteous, just.

(-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.

-2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.

-अन्तकः 1 death.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.

-2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.

-अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.

-अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (

-यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.

-अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.

-अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).

-अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.

-अम्बुजम् a billion.

-अम्ल a. very sour. (

-म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.

-अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (

-र्घः) a kind of quail.

-अर्घ्य a.

1 valuable, precious.

-2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.

-अर्चिस् a. flaming high.

-अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-अर्थ a.

1 rich.

-2 great, noble, dignified.

-3 important, weighty.

-4 significant.

-अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.

-अर्ह a.

1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.

-2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (

-र्हम्) white sandal-wood.

-अवरोहः the fig-tree.

-अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.

- अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.

-अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.

-अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......

-असिः a large sword.

-असुरी N. of Durgā.

-अह्नः the afternoon.

-आकार a. extensive, large, great.

-आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (

-ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.

-आत्मन् a.

1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.

-2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.

-3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)

1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.

-2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).

-आनकः a kind of large drum.

-आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.

-2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.

(-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.

-2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.

-आपगा a great river.

-आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.

-आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (

-म्भः) any great enterprize.

-आलयः 1 a temple in general.

-2 a sanctuary, an asylum.

-3 a great dwelling.

-4 a place of pilgrimage.

-5 the world of Brahman.

-6 the Supreme Spirit.

-7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.

-8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.

-9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (

-या) N. of a particular deity.

- आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.

(-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.

-2 the ocean.

-आस्पद a.

1 occupying a great position.

-2 mighty, powerful.

-आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.

-इच्छ a.

1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.

-2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.

-इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.

-2 a chief or leader in general.

-3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.

-इभ्य a. very rich.

-इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.

-इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.

-ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.

-ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.

-ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-3 of Viṣṇu.

-4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).

-5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.

(-री) 1 N. of Durgā.

-2 a kind of bell-metal.

-उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.

-उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (

-लः) the Sārasa bird.

-उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.

-2 the god of love.

-उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.

(-हः) 1 perseverance.

-2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.

-उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.

-2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.

- उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.

(-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.

-2 final beatitude.

-3 a lord, master.

-4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.

-5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.

-6 sour milk mixed with honey.

-7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).

- उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.

-(रम्) 1 a big belly.

-2 dropsy.

-उदार a.

1 very generous or magnanimous.

-2 mighty, powerful.

-उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.

-उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.

-उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).

-उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (

-तः) the palmyra tree.

-उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.

-उपकारः a great obligation.

-उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.

-उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.

-उरस्क a. broad-chested. (

-स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.

-उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.

-उल्का 1 a great meteor.

-2 a great fire-brand.

-ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.

-ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.

-ऋषभः a great bull.

-ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').

-2 N. of Sacute;iva.

-3 of Buddha.

-ओघ a. having a strong current.

-घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.

-ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (

-ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.

-ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.

-ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (

-सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).

-ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).

-ओषधिः f.

1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.

-2 the Dūrvā grass.

-3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....

-औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.

-2 ginger.

-3 garlic.

-4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).

-कच्छः 1 the sea.

-2 N. of Varuṇa.

-3 a mountain.

-कन्दः garlic.

-कपर्दः a kind of shell.

-कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.

-2 red garlic.

-कम्बु a. stark naked. (

-म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.

-कर a.

1 large-handed.

-2 having a large revenue.

-कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.

-कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.

-कला the night of the new moon.

-कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.

-कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.

-2 an epithet of Śukra.

-कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).

-कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (

-ता) the earth.

-काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.

(-यः) 1 an elephant.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-3 of Viṣṇu.

-4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).

-कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.

-कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.

-कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.

-2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.

-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-4 N. of a kind of gourd.

-5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.

-काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.

-काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).

-कीर्तनम् a house.

-कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.

-कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (

-लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.

-कुहः a species of parasitical worm.

-कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.

-केतुः N. of Śiva.

-केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 a large sheath.

-क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.

-क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.

-क्षत्रपः a great satrap.

-क्षीरः sugar-cane.

-क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.

-खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).

-गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.

-गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.

-गदः fever.

-गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (

-न्धः) a kind of cane. (

-न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (

-न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.

-गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.

-गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.

-गल a. longnecked.

-गवः Bos gavaeus.

-गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (

-णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.

-गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).

-गुल्मा the Soma plant.

-गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.

-ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.

-2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.

-ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.

-ग्रीवः 1 a camel.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-ग्रीविन् m. a camel.

-घूर्णा spirituous liquor.

-घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).

-घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (

-षम्) a market, fair. (

-षः) a loud noise, clamour.

-चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.

-चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.

-चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.

-चपला a kind of metre.

-चमूः f. a large army.

-छायः the fig-tree.

-जङ्घः a camel.

-जटः an epithet of Śiva.

-जटा 1 a great braid of hair.

-2 the matted hair of Śiva.

-जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (

-त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.

-जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.

-2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.

-3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.

-4 the chief of a caste or trade.

-5 a merchant, tradesman.

-जवः an antelope.

-जातीय a.

1 rather large.

-2 of an excellent kind.

-जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)

-जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.

-ज्ञानिन् m.

1 a very learned man.

-2 a great sage.

-3 N. of Śiva.

-ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.

-ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-ज्वरः great affliction.

-ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.

(-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.

-2 a sacrificial fire.

-डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).

-तपस् m.

1 a great ascetic.

-2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.

-तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.

-तिक्तः the Nimba tree.

-तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.

-तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (

-क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.

-तेजस् a.

1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.

-2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)

1 a hero, warrior.

-2 fire.

-3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.

-त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.

-दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.

-दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-दण्डः 1 a long arm.

-2 a severe punishment.

-दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.

-दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.

-दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.

-दारु n. the devadāru tree.

-दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.

-दूषकः a kind of grain.

-देवः N. of Śiva.

(-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.

-2 the chief queen.

-द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.

-द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.

-धन a.

1 rich.

-2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.

(-नम्) 1 gold.

-2 incense.

-3 a costly or rich dress.

-4 agriculture, husbandry.

-5 anything costly or precious.

-6 great booty.

-7 a great battle (Ved.).

-धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-धातुः 1 gold.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-3 lymph.

-4 N. of Meru.

-धी a. having a great understanding.

-धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.

-ध्वजः a camel.

-ध्वनिक a. dead.

-नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.

-नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.

-नदः a great river.

-नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.

-2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.

-नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.

-2 N. of a river.

-3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....

-नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.

-नलः a kind of reed.

-नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.

-नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥

-नाडी sinew, tendon.

-नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.

-2 a great drum.

-3 a thunder-cloud.

-4 a shell.

-5 an elephant.

-6 a lion.

-7 the ear.

-8 a camel.

-9 an epithet of Śiva. (

-दम्) a musical instrument.

-नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.

-2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.

-नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.

-2 a great head or chief.

-नासः an epithet of Śiva.

-निद्र a. fast asleep. (

-द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.

-निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.

-नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).

-निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-नीचः a washerman.

-नील a. dark-blue. (

-लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.

-नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.

-नेमिः a crow.

-न्यायः the chief rule.

-पक्ष a.

1 having many adherents.

-2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.

(-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.

-2 a kind of duck. (

-क्षी) an owl.

-पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.

-पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥

-पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥

-पटः the skin.

-पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.

-2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.

-3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.

-4 an epithet of Śiva.

-5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.

-6 the way to heaven.

-7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.

-पथिक a.

1 undertaking great journeys.

-2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)

-पद्मः 1 a particular high number.

-2 N. of Nārada.

-3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.

-4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.

-5 an epithet of Nanda.

-6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.

(-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.

-2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.

-पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.

-पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.

-पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.

-पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.

-पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.

-2 any great sin or transgression.

-पात्रः a prime minister.

-पादः an epithet of Śiva.

-पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.

-पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.

-पुंसः a great man.

-पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.

-2 the Supreme Spirit.

-3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.

-पुष्पः a kind of worm.

-पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.

-पृष्ठः a camel.

-पोटगलः a kind of large reed.

-प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.

-प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.

-प्रपञ्चः the great universe.

-प्रभ a. of great lustre. (

-भः) the light of a lamp.

-प्रभुः 1 a great lord.

-2 a king, sovereign.

-3 a chief.

-4 an epithet of Indra.

-5 of Śiva

-6 of Viṣṇu.

-7 a great saint or holy man.

-प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.

-प्रश्नः a knotty question.

-प्रसादः 1 a great favour.

-2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः

-प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.

-2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.

-प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.

-2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.

-3 a raven.

-प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.

-प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.

-प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.

-फल a.

1 bearing much fruit.

-2 bringing much reward.

(-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.

-2 a kind of spear.

(-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.

-2 a testicle.

-फेना the cuttle-fish bone.

-बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.

-बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.

-बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām

(-लः) 1 wind, storm.

-2 a Buddha.

-3 a solid bamboo.

-4 a palm.

-5 a crocodile.

-बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (

-लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.

-बाध a. causing great pain or damage.

-बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (

-हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.

-2 the heart.

-3 a water-jar, pitcher.

-4 a hole, cave.

-बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.

-बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.

-बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.

-बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).

-बुशः barley.

-बृहती a kind of metre.

-बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.

-2 a Buddha.

-ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.

-ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.

-2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.

-भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.

-भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.

-भाग a.

1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.

-2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.

-3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.

-भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.

-2 great excel- lence or merit.

-भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (

-तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.

-भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.

-भाण्डम् a chief treasury.

-भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते

-भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.

-2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.

-भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.

-भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).

-भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.

-भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.

-भुज a. long-armed, powerful.

-भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.

(-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.

-2 a great creature.

-भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.

-2 a great coil or hood; great winding.

-3 a serpent. (

-गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.

-मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.

-2 N. of Śiva.

-मति a.

1 high-minded.

-2 clever. (

-तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.

-मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.

-मद a. greatly intoxicated. (

-दः) an elephant in rut.

-मनस्, -मनस्क a.

1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.

-2 liberal.

-3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.

-मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.

-2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.

-मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.

-मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.

-मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.

-महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.

-महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).

-महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.

-2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.

-मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).

-माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.

-मात्र a.

1 great in measure, very great or large.

-2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.

(-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.

-2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.

-3 a superintendent of elephants.

(-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.

-2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.

-मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.

-मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.

-मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.

-2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.

-मायूरम् a particular drug. (

-री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.

-मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.

-2 an epithet of Durgā.

-मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.

-मालः N. of Śiva.

-माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.

-मुखः a crocodile.

-मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).

-मुनिः 1 a great sage.

-2 N. of Vyāsa.

-3 an epithet of Buddha.

-4 of Agastya.

-5 the coriander plant. (

-नि n.)

1 coriander seed.

-2 any medicinal herb or drug.

-मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.

-मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-मूलम् a large radish. (

-लः) a kind of onion.

-मूल्य a. very costly. (

-ल्यः) a ruby.

-मृगः 1 any large animal.

-2 an elephant,

-3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.

-मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.

-मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.

-मृधम् a great battle.

-मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.

-मेधा an epithet of Durgā.

-मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (

-हा) an epithet of Durgā.

-यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).

-2 N. of Viṣṇu.

-यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.

-यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.

-यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.

-यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).

-याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.

-युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.

-योगिन् m.

1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Viṣṇu.

-3 a cock.

-योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.

-रक्तम् coral.

-रङ्गः a large stage.

-रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.

-2 the thorn-apple.

-रजनम् 1 safflower.

-2 gold.

-3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.

-रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.

-रथः 1 a great chariot.

-2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).

-3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.

-रवः a frog.

-रस a. very savoury.

(-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.

-2 quicksilver.

-3 a precious mineral.

-4 the fruit of the date tree.

-5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (

-सम्) sour ricewater.

-राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.

-2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.

-3 a deified Jaina teacher.

-4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.

-राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.

-राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).

-राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.

-राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.

-2 N. of Durgā.

-रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.

-रात्रिः, -त्री f.

1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.

-2 midnight.

-3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.

-राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.

-2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (

-ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.

-रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.

-रुज्, -ज a. very painful.

-रुद्रः a form of Śiva.

-रुरुः a species of antelope.

-रूप a. mighty in form.

(-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 resin.

-रूपकम् a kind of drama.

-रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).

-रौद्र a. very dreadful. (

-द्री) an epithet of Durgā.

-रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.

-लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.

-2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.

-लयः 1 a great world destruction.

-2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).

-लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (

-ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.

-लोलः a crow.

-लोहम् a magnet.

-वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).

-वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.

-वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.

-वरा Dūrvā grass.

-वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.

-वर्तनम् high wages;

-वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.

-2 a large creeping plant.

-वसः the porpoise.

-वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.

-वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.

-2 any continuous composition or literary work.

-3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.

-4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.

-वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.

-वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.

-वायुः 1 air (as an element).

-2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.

-वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.

-विडम् a kind of factitious salt.

-विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.

-विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥

-विपुला a kind of metre.

-विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.

-विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.

-विषः a serpent having two mouths.

-विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).

-विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.

-वीचिः N. of a hell.

-वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.

-2 a lion.

-3 the thunderbolt of Indra.

-4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-5 of Garuḍa.

-6 of Hanumat.

-7 a cuckoo.

-8 a white horse.

-9 a sacrificial fire.

-1 a sacrificial vessel.

-11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.

-वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.

(-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.

-2 the Supreme Being. (

-र्या) the wild cotton shrub.

-2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.

-वृषः a great bull.

-वेग a.

1 very swift or fleet.

(-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.

-2 an ape.

-3 the bird Garuḍa.

-वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).

-वेल a. billowy.

-व्याधिः f.

1 a great disease.

-2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).

-व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.

-व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.

(-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).

-2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.

-व्रतिन् m.

1 a devotee, an ascetic.

-2 an epithet of Śiva.

-शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.

-2 of Kārtikeya.

-शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.

-शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.

-2 the temporal bone, forehead.

-3 a human bone.

-4 a particular high number.

-5 one of Kubera's treasures.

-शठः a kind of thorn-apple.

-शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.

-शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.

-शालः a great householder.

-शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.

-शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.

-शासन a.

1 exercising great power.

-2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.

(-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.

-2 great order of government.

-शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.

-शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,

-शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.

-शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.

-शुभ्रम् silver.

-शूद्रः (-द्री f.)

1 a Sūdra in a high position.

-2 a cowherd.

-3 an upper servant. (

-द्री) a female cow-keeper. (

-द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.

-शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.

-शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.

-2 the शरभ animal.

-श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.

-श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).

-श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.

-2 a Jain monk.

-श्लक्ष्णा sand.

-श्वासः a kind of asthma.

-श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.

-2 of Durgā.

-3 white sugar.

-संहिता great combi- nation.

-संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.

-सती a very chaste woman.

-सत्ता absolute existence.

-सत्यः an epithet of Yama.

-सत्त्व a.

1 noble.

-2 very strong or powerful.

-3 just, righteous.

(-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.

-2 N. of Sākyamuni.

-3 an epithet of Kubera.

-संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.

-सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.

-सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.

-समुद्रः the great ocean.

-सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).

-सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.

-साधनभागः a great executive officer.

-सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.

-सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.

-सामन्तः a great vassal.

-सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.

-सारः a kind of Khadira tree.

-सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.

-साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.

-साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.

-सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.

-सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.

-सुखम् 1 great pleasure.

-2 copulation. (

-खः) a Buddha.

-सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.

-सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.

-सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.

-सुभिक्षम् good times.

-सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.

-सूक्ष्मा sand.

-सूतः a mili- tary drum.

-सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.

-2 the commander of a large army. (

-ना) a great army.

-स्कन्धः a camel.

-स्थली the earth.

-स्थानम् a great position.

-स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.

-स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.

-स्रोतस् n. the bowels.

-स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.

-स्वनः a kind of drum.

-हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.

-हविस् n. clarified butter.

-हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.

-हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.

-हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.

-ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā
15 tutto

1. adj whole

tutti, tutte pl all

tutto il libro the whole book

tutti i giorni every day

tutti e tre all three

noi tutti all of us

2. adv all

era tutto solo he was all alone

del tutto quite

in tutto altogether, in all

3. pron all

gente everybody, everyone

cose everything

lo ha mangiato tutto he ate it all

* * *

tutto agg.indef.

1 ( con riferimento a numero, quantità, estensione, durata) all; ( intero) (the) whole (of): tutto il mondo, all the (o the whole) world; tutta l'Italia, all (o the whole of) Italy; tutta la mia famiglia, all my (o my whole) family; tutto il giorno, all the day (o the whole day); tutto il mese, l'anno, all the (o the whole) month, year; ha speso tutto il suo denaro, he has spent all his money; abbiamo consumato tutta l'acqua, we have used up all the water; ho letto tutto il libro, I've read all the (o the whole) book; si è mangiato tutta ( quanta) la torta, he has eaten all the (o the whole) cake; tutto il traffico era bloccato, all the traffic was blocked; tutta la casa dev'essere ristrutturata, all the (o the whole) house needs rebuilding; abbiamo fatto tutta la strada di corsa, a piedi, we ran, walked all the way; ha lavorato tutta la vita, he worked all his life; ho passato tutto il tempo con loro, I spent all the time with them; l'ho fatto con tutto il cuore, I did it willingly (o with all my heart); ci ha messo tutta la sua buona volontà, he put all he'd got into it; devi dirmi tutta la verità, you must tell me the whole truth; tutta Parigi ne parla, all Paris is talking about it; tutta la città era in pericolo, the whole city was in danger; ha letto tutto Dante, he has read all (of) Dante's works; ha speso lo stipendio tutto intero, he has spent all his salary // in tutto il mondo, all over the world // per tutta la casa, all over the house; ha viaggiato per tutta l'Europa, he has travelled all over Europe // per tutto il giorno, all day long // per tutta la notte, l'inverno, all through (o throughout) the night, the winter; ha dormito per tutta la durata del film, he slept throughout (o all through) the film // Con uso predicativo: il pane è tutto in tavola, the bread is all on the table; il problema era tutto qui, that was all the problem; la difficoltà sta tutta nel cominciare, all the problem lies in how to start

2 pl. all (con costr. pl.); ( ogni) every; ( ciascuno) each (con costr. sing.): tutti gli uomini sono uguali, all men are equal; l'appello è rivolto a tutti i cittadini, the appeal is addressed to all (the) citizens; invitò tutti i suoi amici alla festa, he invited all his friends to the party; malgrado tutti i suoi difetti, la trovo simpatica, I like her despite all her faults; tutte le strade erano bloccate, all the roads were blocked; sono stati venduti tutti ( quanti) i biglietti, all the tickets were sold; da chi hai saputo tutte queste cose?, where did you learn all these things?; ci vediamo tutti i giorni, we see each other every day; tutti i partecipanti riceveranno un premio, all the participants will receive a prize (o everyone taking part will receive a prize); c'erano atleti di tutte le nazionalità, there were athletes of all nationalities (o of every nationality); riceve visite a tutte le ore, he receives visitors at all hours // tutti gli altri, all the others // tutti quanti, everyone // tutti e due i fratelli, both brothers; tutt'e tre, tutt'e quattro le sorelle, all three, all four sisters // noi tutti, we all (o all of us); voi tutti, you all (o all of you); tutti loro, (sogg.) they all (o all of them), (compl.) them all (o all of them) // Anche con uso predicativo: i bambini erano tutti a dormire, the children were all sleeping; le auto erano tutte straniere, the cars were all foreign ones

3 ( con valore di completamente) all; quite; completely: è tutto sbagliato, it's all wrong; se ne andò tutto felice, he went off as happy as could be (o he went off quite happily); sei tutto bagnato, you're all wet (o wet through); era tutto commosso, he was very moved.

◆ FRASEOLOGIA: a tutta forza, as hard as one can (o at full speed) // a tutta prova, well tried // a tutto spiano, a tutto andare, all out // a tutta velocità, at top (o full) speed // a tutt'oggi, up to the present (o until today o so far) // a tutto il 20 agosto, to 20th August inclusive // in tutta sincerità, in tutta onestà, in all sincerity, in all honesty // in tutta confidenza, quite frankly // di tutto punto, fully (o completely): essere vestito di tutto punto, to be fully dressed // è tutt'altra cosa, it's quite different // sono di tutt'altro parere, I disagree entirely // (mar.) tutta a dritta!, hard over!; avanti tutta!, full steam ahead!

tutto pron.indef.

1 ( ogni cosa) all; everything: tutto è finito, it's all over; era tutto deciso, it was all decided; va tutto bene?, is everything all right?; gli hai detto tutto?, did you tell him everything?; tutto era facile per lui, everything was easy for him; penserò a tutto io, I'll see to everything; nostro padre era tutto per noi, our father was everything to us; sa tutto, he knows everything; abbiamo speso tutto, we have spent everything; ha mangiato tutto ( quanto), he ate everything; gli ho dato tutto quello che avevo, I gave him all (o everything) I had; abbiamo parlato di tutto, we talked about everything; un po' di tutto, di tutto un po', a bit of everything; grazie di tutto!, thank you for everything! // mi ha detto di tutto!, he really gave it me! // prima di tutto, innanzi tutto, ( per prima cosa) first of all; ( in primo luogo) in the first place; ( soprattutto) above all // dopo tutto, after all // ecco tutto, questo è tutto, that's all // e non è tutto!, and that's not all! // o tutto o niente, all or nothing // tutto sommato, all in all // tutto sta che io arrivi in tempo, it all depends on my arriving in time // sa fare di tutto, he knows how to do everything; mangia di tutto, he eats anything and everything // essere capace di tutto, to be capable of anything // fare di tutto per..., to do everything one can do to...

2 pl. all (con costr. pl.); ( ognuno) everybody, everyone; ( ciascuno) each (one) (con costr. sing.): sono arrivati tutti insieme, they all arrived together; lo sanno tutti, everyone knows; non tutti la pensano come te, they don't all share your opinion; va d'accordo con tutti, he gets on well with everyone; qui conosco tutti uno per uno, I know each and every one here; alla cerimonia c'eravamo tutti, we were all at the ceremony; sono partiti tutti, they have all left; è opinione di tutti, it's everyone's opinion; tutti dicono che..., everyone says that...; ci sarà da bere per tutti, there will be drinks for everyone; verrà distribuita a tutti una scheda di partecipazione, a participation form will be distributed to everyone; ''Quanto costano questi impermeabili?'' ''Costano tutti sui 200 euro'', ''How much do these raincoats cost?'' ''They each cost (o each of them costs) about 200 euros // tutti e due ( noi, voi, loro), we, you, they both (o both of us, you, them) // tutti e tre, tutti e quattro, all three, all four: andarono tutti e quattro, all four of them went // zitti tutti!, everyone be quiet! // fermi tutti!, hold it!

◆ s.m. ( l'intero) whole; ( totale) total; ( ogni cosa) everything: il tutto costava sul mezzo milione, the whole (thing) came to about half a million lire; mescolate il tutto fino a ottenere una crema densa, mix everything to a thick cream; moltiplicare, dividere il tutto per mille, multiply, divide the total by a thousand; riceverete il tutto entro pochi giorni, you will receive everything in a few days' time // tentare il tutto per tutto, to risk everything on a single throw.

◆ FRASEOLOGIA: del tutto, in tutto e per tutto, quite (o completely): le sue conclusioni sono del tutto sbagliate, his conclusions are quite (o completely) wrong; la copia è in tutto e per tutto identica all'originale, the copy is absolutely identical to the original // in tutto, in all: siamo venti in tutto, there are twenty of us in all; quanto fa in tutto?, how much is it all together? (o in all?); sono 150 euro in tutto, it's 150 euros all together (o in all) // tutto intorno, all around // tutt'al più → tuttalpiù // tutt'altro!, on the contrary (o not at all)!: ''Sei stanco?'' ''Tutt'altro!'', ''Are you tired?'' ''Not at all''; tutt'altro che, anything but: è tutt'altro che onesto, he's anything but honest; ha fatto tutt'altro che studiare, he did anything but study // è tutto dire, that's saying a lot // con tutto che..., ( sebbene, malgrado) (al)though.

* * *
['tutto] tutto (-a)
1. agg

1) (intero) all (of), the whole (of)

ha letto tutto Dante — he has read all of Dante

tutta l' Europa — the whole of o all Europe

ho tutta la sua fiducia — I have his complete confidence

ha studiato tutto il giorno — he studied the whole day o all day long

famoso in tutto il mondo — world-famous, famous the world over

rimanere sveglio tutta la notte — to stay awake all night (long)

a tutt' oggi — so far, up till now

si diffuse in tutto il paese — it spread through the whole country

sarò qui tutta la settimana — I'll be here all week o the whole week

tutta una bottiglia — a whole bottle

tutta la verità — the whole truth

2)

(proprio) è tutt' altra cosa; è tutta un' altra cosa — (è ben diverso) that's quite another thing

viaggiare in aereo è tutt' altra cosa — (è meglio) travelling by plane is altogether different

è tutta sua madre — she's just o exactly like her mother

è tutto l' opposto di... — it's the exact opposite of...

3)

(completamente) era tutta contenta — she was overjoyed

è tutta gambe e braccia — she's all arms and legs

è tutto naso — he's got a big nose

essere tutt' occhi — to be all eyes

essere tutt' orecchi — to be all ears

è tutta presa dal suo lavoro — she's completely o entirely taken up by her work

era tutta sorrisi e sorrisetti — she was all smiles

tremava tutto — he was trembling all over

era tutta vestita di nero — she was dressed all in black

4) (plurale, collettivo) all

tutti gli animali — all animals

tutte queste cose — all these things

in tutte le direzioni — in all directions, in every direction

tutti e cinque — all five of us (o them)

tutti e due — both o each of us (o them)

con tutti i pensieri che ho — worried as I am, with all my worries

tutti i posti erano occupati — all the seats were o every seat was occupied

tutti i ragazzi — all the boys

tutti gli uomini — all men

una volta per tutte — once and for all

5) (qualsiasi) all

a tutti i costi — at all costs

in tutti i modi — (a qualsiasi costo) at all costs, (comunque) anyway

telefona a tutte le ore — she phones at all hours

6)

(ogni) tutti gli anni — every year

tutti i santi giorni — every blessed day

tutti i venerdì — every Friday

tutte le volte che — every time (that)

7)

(fraseologia) con tutta l' anima — wholeheartedly

con tutto il cuore — wholeheartedly

la sua fedeltà è a tutta prova — his loyalty is unshakeable o will stand any test

per me è tutt' uno — it's all one and the same to me

a tutta velocità — at full o top speed

con tutta la mia buona volontà, non posso aiutarti — however much I may want to, I can't help you

2. pron

1) (ogni cosa) everything, all, (qualunque cosa) anything

ha fatto (un po') di tutto — he's done (a bit of) everything

essere capace di tutto — to be capable of anything

mangia di tutto — he eats anything

farebbe di tutto per ferirti — he would do anything to hurt you

dimmi tutto — tell me everything

tutto dipende da lui — everything o it all depends on him

tutto è in ordine — everything's in order

questo è tutto quello che ho — this is all I have

tutto sta a vedere se... — it all depends on whether or not...

tutto sta nel cominciare — the essential o important thing is to get started

2)

(fraseologia) tutto compreso — inclusive, all-in Brit

questo è tutto — that's all (I have to say)

con tutto che — (malgrado) although

tutto considerato — all things considered

...che è tutto dire —... and that's saying a lot

ecco tutto — that's all (I have to say)

in tutto — (complessivamente) in all

in tutto sono 180 euro — that's 180 euros in all

in tutto e per tutto — (completamente) entirely, completely

dipende in tutto e per tutto dai suoi — he is entirely o completely dependent on his parents

innanzi tutto — first of all

e non è tutto — and that's not all

prima di tutto — first of all

tutto sommato — all things considered

3.

tutti(e) sm/fpl — (tutte le persone) all (of them), (ognuno) everybody

erano tutti presenti — everybody was o they were all present

vengono tutti — they are all coming, everybody's coming

tutti quanti — all and sundry

4. avv

1) (completamente) entirely, quite, completely

è tutto il contrario — it's quite o exactly the opposite

è tutto il contrario di ciò che credi — it's not what you think at all

fa tutto il contrario di quello che gli dico — he does the exact opposite of what I tell him to do

del tutto — completely

non sono del tutto convinto/sicuro — I'm not entirely convinced/sure

è tutto l' opposto — it's quite o exactly the opposite

2)

(fraseologia) saranno stati tutt' al più una cinquantina — there were about fifty of them at (the very) most

tutt' al più possiamo prendere un treno — if the worst comes to the worst we can catch a train

tutt' altro — (al contrario) on the contrary, (affatto) not at all

tutt' altro che felice — anything but happy

tutt' intorno — all around

tutto a un tratto — all of a sudden, suddenly

5. sm

(l'insieme) il tutto — the whole lot, all of it

il tutto costa 550 euro — the whole thing o lot costs 550 euros

vi manderemo il tutto nel corso della settimana — we'll send you the (whole) lot during the course of the week

il tutto si è risolto in bene — everything turned out for the best

rischiare il tutto per tutto — to risk everything

* * *
['tutto] 1.
aggettivo indefinito

1) all; (intero) whole

tutto il denaro — all the money

- a la storia — the whole story

con tutto il mio affetto — (nelle lettere) all my love

tutto l'anno — all year round

(per) tutto il giorno, la notte — all day, night long

(per) tutto il tempo — all the time

per -a la sua vita — all o throughout his life, in his whole life

(per) tutto l'inverno — throughout the winter

lungo tutto il fiume — all along the river

- a Roma ne parla — the whole of Rome is talking about it

in o per tutto il paese — throughout o all over the country

2) (seguito da pronome dimostrativo)

è tutto quello che so — that's all I know

tutt'altro che — anything but

tutt'altro! — not at all!

3) (completo)

in -a onestà — in all honesty

in -a franchezza... — to be perfectly frank...

con tutto il rispetto — with all due respect

per -a risposta si mise a ridere — her only answer was to laugh

4) (compreso)

a tutt'oggi — up to the present, until today

5) (con uso avverbiale, enfatico)

tutto solo — all alone o on one's own

tutto bagnato — all wet

tutto sbagliato — completely wrong

tutt'intorno — all around

ha un appartamento tutto suo — he's got a flat of his own

è tutto tuo — it's all yours

è -a un'altra faccenda — that's another matter altogether

è tutto sua madre — he looks just like his mother
2.
pronome

1) all; (ogni cosa) everything; (qualsiasi cosa) anything

rischiare tutto — to risk all

è tutto a posto? — is everything all right?

si è inventato tutto — he made the whole thing up

tutto sta a indicare che — all the indications are that

è tutto — that's all

è tutto qui? — will that be all?

è tutto fuorché intelligente — he's anything but intelligent

mangerebbe di tutto — he'd eat anything

è capace di tutto — he is capable of anything

prima di tutto — first of all

50 in tutto — 50 in all

quanto fa in tutto? — how much is that altogether?

è un gentiluomo in tutto e per tutto — he's every inch a gentleman

si assomigliano in tutto e per tutto — they are alike in every way

tutto sommato — all in all

è tutto dire — that says it all

2) (in espressioni ellittiche)

provarle -e — to try everything

mettercela -a — to try hard

le pensa -e — he knows all the tricks

3) del tutto altogether, perfectly, quite

è del tutto naturale — it's quite natural

l'operazione non è del tutto riuscita — the operation is not entirely successful
3.
sostantivo maschile whole

vendere il tutto per 50 euro — to sell the whole (thing) for 50 euros

rischiare il tutto per tutto — to go for broke
4.
aggettivo indefinito plurale tutti

1) all; (ogni) every; (ciascuno) each; (qualsiasi) any

- i gli uomini nascono uguali — all men are born equal

a -e le ore — at all hours

- i i pomeriggi — every afternoon

in -i i modi — in every way

- e le volte che faccio — each time I do

a -i i costi — at all costs, at any cost

2) (con pronomi personali)

- i noi o noi -i vogliamo we all o all of us want; di' a -i loro cosa è accaduto — tell them all what happened
5.
pronome indefinito plurale tutti all; (ognuno) everybody, everyone; (ciascuno) each (one)

grazie a -i — thank you all

parlavano -i insieme — they were talking all together o all at once

non -i sono venuti — not all of them came

- i quanti sbagliamo — we all make mistakes

uscirono -i e due — they both left

andremo -i e tre — all three of us will go

- i gli altri — everybody else

ascoltate -i! — listen everybody!

lo sanno -i — everybody knows that

ho ringraziato -i — I thanked each of them

* * *

tutto

/'tutto/

I aggettivo indefinito

1 all; (intero) whole; tutto il denaro all the money; - a la storia the whole story; con tutto il mio affetto (nelle lettere) all my love; tutto l'anno all year round; (per) tutto il giorno, la notte all day, night long; (per) tutto il tempo all the time; per -a la sua vita all o throughout his life, in his whole life; (per) tutto l'inverno throughout the winter; lungo tutto il fiume all along the river; - a Roma ne parla the whole of Rome is talking about it; in o per tutto il paese throughout o all over the country

2 (seguito da pronome dimostrativo) è tutto quello che so that's all I know; tutt'altro che anything but; tutt'altro! not at all!

3 (completo) in -a onestà in all honesty; in -a franchezza... to be perfectly frank...; con tutto il rispetto with all due respect; per -a risposta si mise a ridere her only answer was to laugh

4 (compreso) a tutt'oggi up to the present, until today

5 (con uso avverbiale, enfatico) tutto solo all alone o on one's own; tutto bagnato all wet; tutto sbagliato completely wrong; tutt'intorno all around; ha un appartamento tutto suo he's got a flat of his own; è tutto tuo it's all yours; è -a un'altra faccenda that's another matter altogether; è tutto sua madre he looks just like his mother

II pronome

1 all; (ogni cosa) everything; (qualsiasi cosa) anything; rischiare tutto to risk all; è tutto a posto? is everything all right? si è inventato tutto he made the whole thing up; tutto sta a indicare che all the indications are that; è tutto that's all; è tutto qui? will that be all? è tutto fuorché intelligente he's anything but intelligent; mangerebbe di tutto he'd eat anything; è capace di tutto he is capable of anything; prima di tutto first of all; 50 in tutto 50 in all; quanto fa in tutto? how much is that altogether? è un gentiluomo in tutto e per tutto he's every inch a gentleman; si assomigliano in tutto e per tutto they are alike in every way; tutto sommato all in all; è tutto dire that says it all

2 (in espressioni ellittiche) provarle -e to try everything; mettercela -a to try hard; le pensa -e he knows all the tricks

3 del tutto altogether, perfectly, quite; è del tutto naturale it's quite natural; l'operazione non è del tutto riuscita the operation is not entirely successful

III sostantivo m.

whole; vendere il tutto per 50 euro to sell the whole (thing) for 50 euros; rischiare il tutto per tutto to go for broke

IV tutti agg.ind.pl.

1 all; (ogni) every; (ciascuno) each; (qualsiasi) any; - i gli uomini nascono uguali all men are born equal; a -e le ore at all hours; - i i pomeriggi every afternoon; in -i i modi in every way; - e le volte che faccio each time I do; a -i i costi at all costs, at any cost

2 (con pronomi personali) -i noi o noi -i vogliamo we all o all of us want; di' a -i loro cosa è accaduto tell them all what happened

V tutti pron.ind.pl.

all; (ognuno) everybody, everyone; (ciascuno) each (one); grazie a -i thank you all; parlavano -i insieme they were talking all together o all at once; non -i sono venuti not all of them came; - i quanti sbagliamo we all make mistakes; uscirono -i e due they both left; andremo -i e tre all three of us will go; - i gli altri everybody else; ascoltate -i! listen everybody! lo sanno -i everybody knows that; ho ringraziato -i I thanked each of them.

\

See also notes... (tutto.pdf)

Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > tutto
16 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).

   ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).

   ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.

   ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.

   ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.

   ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.

   ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.

   ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.

   ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.

   ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.

   ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.

   ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.

   ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.

   ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.

   ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.

   ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.

   ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.

   ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.

   ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.

   ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.

   ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.

   ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.

   ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)

   ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.

   ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ David, Pierre. Etudes Historiques sur la Galice et le Portugal du VI au XII siécle. Paris, 1947.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.

   ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.

   ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.

   ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.

   ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.

   ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.

   ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■. Introduçao à História da Agricultura em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.

   ■. Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.

   ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.

   ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.

   ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.

   ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.

   ■ Imperial and Early Modern (1415-1822)

   ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.

   ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.

   ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ Bovill, Edward W. The Battle of the Alcazar: An Account of the Defeat of Dom Sebastian at El-Ksar el-Kebir. London, 1952.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.

   ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.

   ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.

   ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.

   ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.

   ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.

   ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.

   ■. The Portugal Trade: A Study of Anglo-Portuguese Commerce, 1700- 1770. London: Methuen, 1971.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.

   ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.

   ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.

   ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.

   ■. A Economia dos descobrimentos henri-quinos. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■. Estructura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.

   ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.

   ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.

   ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.

   ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.

   ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.

   ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.

   ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.

   ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.

   ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.

   ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.

   ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Constitutional Monarchy and Liberalism (1822-1910)

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.

   ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.

   ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.

   ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.

   ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. Livre Câmbio e Desenvolvimento Económico: Portugal na segunda metade do século XIX. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. Revolução, Finanças, Dependência Externa ( de 1820 à convenção de Gramido). Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.

   ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.

   ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.

   ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.

   ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.

   ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.

   ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.

   ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.

   ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.

   ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.

   ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.

   ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.

   ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.

   ■. O Futuro de Portugal: Portugal Apos À Guerra. Oporto, 1920.

   ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.

   ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.

   ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.

   ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.

   ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.

   ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.

   ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.

   ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.

   ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.

   ■ Medeiros, Fernando. Nas Orígens Do A Sociedade E A Economia Portuguesas Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1978. Medina, João. "Oh! a República!...," Estudos sobre o Republicanismo e a Primeira República Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.

   ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.

   ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.

   ■. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Alguns aspectos estruturais. Lisbon, 1975 ed.

   ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa— 1917. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente— Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.

   ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.

   ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.

   ■. The Social Origins of Democratic Collapse: The First Portuguese Republic in the Global Economy. Lawrence: University of Kansas Press, 1989.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.

   ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.

   ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.

   ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■. História De Portugal Volume XII: História Diplomática, Social, Económica e Cultural. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.

   ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.

   ■ Authoritarian Portugal (1926-74)

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.

   ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.

   ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.

   ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).

   ■. Monárquicos e Republicanos no Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.

   ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.

   ■. História Breve das Constituições Portugueses. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial Contributos para uma reavaliação. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.

   ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.

   ■. As camisas azuis: Ideologias, elites e movimentos fascistas em Portugal, 1914-1945. Lisbon: Estampa, 1994.

   ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.

   ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.

   ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.

   ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.

   ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.

   ■. Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Ausentes. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.

   ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.

   ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.

   ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.

   ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.

   ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.

   ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.

   ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.

   ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.

   ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.

   ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.

   ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.

   ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.

   ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.

   ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.

   ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Salazar E Os Fascistas: Salazarismo e Nacional-Sindicalismo: A história dum conflito 1932/1935. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.

   ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.

   ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.

   ■. A Liga de Paris E A Ditadura Militar, 1927-1928. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.

   ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.

   ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.

   ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.

   ■. A Preparação Ideológica da Intervenção Militar de 28 de Maio de 1926. Oporto, 1978.

   ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.

   ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■. Discriminação Política No Emprego No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Trabalho, Sindicatos E Greves No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Correspondência Entre Mário De Figueiredo E Oliveira Salazar. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Repressão Política E Social No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. Correspondência de Pedro Teotónio Pereira para Oliveira Salazar vol. 1 ( 1931-1939), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1987-89.

   ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Fascism and Resistance in Portugal: Communists, Liberals and the Military Dissidents in the Opposition to Salazar, 1941-1974. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1988.

   ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.

   ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.

   ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.

   ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan

   ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.

   ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. O Salazarismo E A Aliança Luso-Britânica. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De

   ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.

   ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.

   ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.

   ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.

   ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.

   ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.

   ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.

   ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.

   ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.

   ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.

   ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.

   ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.

   ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.

   ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.

   ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.

   ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.

   ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.

   ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.

   ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.

   ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.

   ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ World War II and Portugal

   ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.

   ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.

   ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.

   ■ Anon., Fugindo a Hitler e a Salazar e ao Holocausto-Refugiados em Portugal entre 1933-1945. Lisbon: Soc. Tipografica, 1994.

   ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.

   ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.

   ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.

   ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.

   ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.

   ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.

   ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.

   ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.

   ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.

   ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.

   ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.

   ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.

   ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.

   ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.

   ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.

   ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.

   ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.

   ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.

   ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.

   ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.

   ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.

   ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.

   ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.

   ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.

   ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.

   ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.

   ■ The Military

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.

   ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, Jose. O Comportamento Politico dos Militares, Forcas Armadas e Regimes Politicos em Portugal no seculo XX. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992.

   ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.

   ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.

   ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.

   ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.

   ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.

   ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.

   ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.

   ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.

   ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.

   ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Government and Politics since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.

   ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.

   ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.

   ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.

   ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.

   ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.

   ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.

   ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.

   ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Contemporary Portugal since 1974

   ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.

   ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.

   ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.

   ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.

   ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.

   ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.

   ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.

   ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.

   ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.

   ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.

   ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.

   ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.

   ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.

   ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.

   ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.

   ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.

   ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.

   ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.

   ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.

   ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.

   ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.

   ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.

   ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.

   ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.

   ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.

   ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.

   ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.

   ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.

   ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.

   ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.

   ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Lucena, Manuel. Evolução e Instituições: A Extinção dos Grémios da Lavoura Alentejanos. Mem Martins, 1984.

   ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.

   ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.

   ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).

   ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).

   ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.

   ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.

   ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.

   ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.

   ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.

   ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.

   ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.

   ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.

   ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.

   ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.

   ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.

   ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.

   ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.

   ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.

   ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).

   ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.

   ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.

   ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.

   ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].

   ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.

   ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.

   ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.

   ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.

   ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,

   ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.

   ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).

   ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.

   ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. País Sem Rumo: Contributo para a História de uma Revolução. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.

   ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.

   ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.

   ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.

   ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.

   ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.

   ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA

   ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.

   ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.

   ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.

   ■. Condições geográficos e históricas de autonomia política de Portugal. Coimbra, 1935.

   ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.

   ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.

   ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.

   ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■. A geografia e a divisão regional do país. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.

   ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.

   ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.

   ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.

   ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY

   ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).

   ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da

   ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.

   ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.

   ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.

   ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.

   ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.

   ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.

   ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.

   ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.

   ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:

   ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.

   ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS

   ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.

   ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.

   ■. The Journal of William Beckford in Portugal and Spain 1787-1788.

   ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.

   ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.

   ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.

   ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.

   ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.

   ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.

   ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.

   ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.

   ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.

   ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.

   ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.

   ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.

   ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.

   ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.

   ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.

   ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.

   ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.

   ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.

   ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.

   ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.

   ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.

   ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.

   ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.

   ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.

   ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.

   ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.

   ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.

   ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.

   ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.

   ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.

   ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.

   ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.

   ■. Navegadores, viajantes e adventureiros portugueses: Séculos XV e XVI. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Portuguese Books on Nautical Science from Pedro Nunes to 1650. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.

   ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.

   ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.

   ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.

   ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.

   ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■. A expansão dos Portugueses no período henriquinho. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■. Descobrimentos precolombanos dos portugueses. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.

   ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.

   ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.

   ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.

   ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]

   ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.

   ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.

   ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.

   ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.

   ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.

   ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.

   ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.

   ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.

   ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.

   ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.

   ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.

   ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)

   ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.

   ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.

   ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.

   ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.

   ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.

   ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.

   ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.

   ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.

   ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.

   ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.

   ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.

   ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.

   ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.

   ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.

   ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.

   ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.

   ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.

   ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.

   ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.

   ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.

   ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.

   ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.

   ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.

   ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.

   ■ Bhíla, H. H. K. Trade and Politics in a Shona Kingdom: The Manyika and Their Portuguese and African Neighbours, 1875-1902. Harlow, U.K.: Longman, 1990.

   ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.

   ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.

   ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.

   ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East— Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.

   ■ ———. Salvador de Sá and the Struggle for Brazil and Angola, 1602-1688. London, 1952.

   ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.

   ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.

   ■ ———. Race Relations in the Portuguese Colonial Empire, 1415-1825. Oxford:

   ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.

   ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.

   ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.

   ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.

   ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.

   ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.

   ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.

   ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.

   ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.

   ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.

   ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.

   ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.

   ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.

   ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.

   ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.

   ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.

   ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.

   ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.

   ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.

   ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.

   ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.

   ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.

   ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.

   ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.

   ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.

   ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.

   ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.

   ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.

   ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.

   ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.

   ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.

   ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.

   ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.

   ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.

   ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.

   ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.

   ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.

   ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.

   ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.

   ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.

   ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.

   ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.

   ■. Short History of Portuguese Colonization. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.

   ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.

   ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.

   ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.

   ■. Diálogos Interditos: A Política Externa Portuguesa E A Guerra De Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.

   ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.

   ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.

   ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.

   ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.

   ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.

   ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. Naissance de la Guinée: Portugais et Africains en Senegambie ( 1841-1936). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1989.

   ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.

   ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.

   ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).

   ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.

   ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.

   ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.

   ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.

   ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.

   ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.

   ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.

   ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.

   ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.

   ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.

   ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.

   ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.

   ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.

   ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.

   ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.

   ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.

   ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.

   ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.

   ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.

   ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.

   ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.

   ■. Knight of the Renaissance: A Biography of Dom João de Castro. London: Hutchinson, n.d.

   ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].

   ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.

   ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.

   ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.

   ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.

   ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.

   ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.

   ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.

   ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.

   ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.

   ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.

   ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.

   ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.

   ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.

   ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.

   ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.

   ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.

   ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.

   ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.

   ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.

   ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.

   ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.

   ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.

   ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.

   ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.

   ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.

   ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.

   ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.

   ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.

   ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.

   ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.

   ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.

   ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.

   ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.

   ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.

   ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.

   ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.

   ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.

   ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.

   ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.

   ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.

   ■ Portuguese Migration and Communities Abroad

   ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).

   ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.

   ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.

   ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.

   ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.

   ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.

   ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.

   ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.

   ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.

   ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.

   ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.

   ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.

   ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.

   ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.

   ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.

   ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.

   ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.

   ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.

   ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.

   ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.

   ■. Portugueses e Moçambicanos no Apartheid: Da Ficção à Realidade. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.

   ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.

   ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.

   ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.

   ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.

   ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.

   ■. Testemunhos sobre a Emigração Portuguesa: Antologia. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.

   ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.

   ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Vicente, António Luís. Os Portuguese Nos Estados Unidos Da América: Política De Comunidades E Comunidade Política. Lisbon: FLAD, 1998.

   ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.

   ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.

   ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)

   ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.

   ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.

   ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.

   ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira— the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.

   ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.

   ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.

   ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.

   ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.

   ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.

   ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.

   ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.

   ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.

   ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.

   ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.

   ■ Anglo-Portuguese Alliance (1373-Present)

   ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.

   ■. Para a história da aliança luso-britânica. Lisbon, 1955.

   ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.

   ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.

   ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.

   ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.

   ■. Portugal e a Internacionalização dos Problemas Africanos. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.

   ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.

   ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.

   ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.

   ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.

   ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.

   ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.

   ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.

   ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.

   ■. A Cooperaçio Anglo-Portuguesa na Grande Guerra de 1914-18. Lisbon, 1942.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.

   ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.

   ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.

   ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.

   ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.

   ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.

   ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.

   ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.

   ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.

   ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.

   ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.

   ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.

   ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.

   ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.

   ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.

   ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.

   ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.

   ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.

   ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.

   ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.

   ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.

   ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).

   ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.

   ■. As Relações Políticas Luso-Britânicas 1910-1916. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.

   ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.

   ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.

   ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.

   ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.

   ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.

   ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.

   ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY

   ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.

   ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.

   ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.

   ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.

   ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.

   ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.

   ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.

   ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.

   ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.

   ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.

   ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.

   ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.

   ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.

   ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.

   ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.

   ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.

   ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.

   ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.

   ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.

   ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.

   ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.

   ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.

   ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.

   ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.

   ■ Monteiro, Paulo. Terra que ja foi terra: Análise Sociológica de nove lugares agro-pastorais da Serra da Lousã. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.

   ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.

   ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.

   ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.

   ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.

   ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.

   ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.

   ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.

   ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In

   ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.

   ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.

   ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.

   ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.

   ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.

   ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.

   ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.

   ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.

   ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.

   ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.

   ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.

   ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.

   ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.

   ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.

   ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.

   ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.

   ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC

   ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.

   ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.

   ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.

   ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.

   ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.

   ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.

   ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.

   ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.

   ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.

   ■. A Reconstrucão e a Arquitectura Pombalina. Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.

   ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.

   ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.

   ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.

   ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.

   ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.

   ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.

   ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.

   ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.

   ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.

   ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.

   ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.

   ■. A música portuguesa e os sus problemas: Ensaios. Lisbon, 1959.

   ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.

   ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.

   ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.

   ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.

   ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.

   ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.

   ■. Azulejaria em Portugal no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.

   ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.

   ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.

   ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.

   ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.

   ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.

   ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.

   ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.

   ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.

   ■ Sculpture and Ceramics

   ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.

   ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.

   ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.

   ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.

   ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.

   ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.

   ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.

   ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.

   ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.

   ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.

   ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.

   ■ Cinema

   ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.

   ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.

   ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.

   ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.

   ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.

   ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.

   ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.

   ■ Children's Literature

   ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.

   ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:

   ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:

   ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.

   ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.

   ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.

   ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.

   ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.

   ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.

   ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.

   ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.

   ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.

   ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.

   ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature

   ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.

   ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.

   ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.

   ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.

   ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.

   ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.

   ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.

   ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.

   ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.

   ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.

   ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.

   ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.

   ■ The Inquisition in History

   ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.

   ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.

   ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.

   ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.

   ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.

   ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.

   ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.

   ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.

   ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.

   ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.

   ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.

   ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection

   ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.

   ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.

   ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.

   ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.

   ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.

   ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.

   ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.

   ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.

   ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.

   ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.

   ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.

   ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.

   ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.

   ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.

   ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.

   ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.

   ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.

   ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.

   ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.

   ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.

   ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.

   ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.

   ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.

   ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.

   ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.

   ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].

   ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George

   ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.

   ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.

   ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.

   ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.

   ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.

   ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.

   ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.

   ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.

   ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.

   ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.

   ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.

   ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.

   ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.

   ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.

   ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.

   ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.

   ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.

   ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.

   ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.

   ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.

   ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.

   ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.

   ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.

   ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.

   ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.

   ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.

   ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.

   ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.

   ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.

   ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.

   ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.

   ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.

   ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.

   ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.

   ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.

   ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.

   ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.

   ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.

   ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.

   ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.

   ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.

   ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine

   ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.

   ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.

   ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.

   ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.

   ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.

   ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.

   ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.

   ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.

   ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.

   ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.

   ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■. Self-catering in Portugal: Making the Most of Local Food and Drink. London: Croom Helm, 1986.

   ■ Gardens and Gardening of Portugal and Madeira

   ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz— The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.

   ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.

   ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.

   ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.

   ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.

   ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.

   ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.

   ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.

   ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.

   ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.

   ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.

   ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.

   ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.

   ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.

   ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History

   ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.

   ■. Ciência e experiência nos Descobrimentos portugueses. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. Para a História de Ciência em Portugal. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■. As Navegaçoes E A Sua Projecção Na Ciência E Na Cultura. Lisbon, 1987.

   ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.

   ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.

   ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.

   ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.

   ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.

   ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.

   ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.

   ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.

   ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.

   ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).

   ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).

   ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.

   ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.

   ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.

   ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.

   ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.

   ■ Silvestre Ribeiro, José. História dos Establecimentos Scientíficos, Literários e Artísticos de Portugal nos Successivos Reinados da Monarchia, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1871-83.

   ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.

   ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.

   ■ Feminism and Women's Studies

   ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.

   ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.

   ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.

   ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.

   ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.

   ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.

   ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.

   ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.

   ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.

   ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.

   ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Religion and Catholic Church

   ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.

   ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.

   ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.

   ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.

   ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.

   ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.

   ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.

   ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.

   ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.

   ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.

   ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.

   ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.

   ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.

   ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.

   ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing

   ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.

   ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.

   ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.

   ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.

   ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.

   ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.

   ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.

   ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.

   ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.

   ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.

   ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.

   ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.

   ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.

   ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.

   ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.

   ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.

   ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.

   ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.

   ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.

   ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.

   ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.

   ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.

   ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.

   ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.

   ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.

   ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.

   ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.

   ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.

   ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.

   ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.

   ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.

   ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.

   ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.

   ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.

   ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.

   ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.

   ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.

   ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.

   ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT

   ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.

   ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.

   ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.

   ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.

   ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.

   ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.

   ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.

   ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.

   ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.

   ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.

   ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).

   ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.

   ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.

   ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.

   ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.

   ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.

   ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.

   ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.

   ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.

   ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].

   ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.

   ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.

   ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.

   ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.

   ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.

   ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.

   ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.

   ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.

   ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.

   ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.

   ■. As Finanças Públicas Portuguesas Entre As Duas Guerras Mundiais. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.

   ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.

   ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL

   ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.

   ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.

   ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.

   ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.

   ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.

   ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.

   ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.

   ■. Os melhores postais antigos de Lisboa ( The best old postcards of Lisbon). Lisbon: Químera, 1995.

   ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.

   ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.

   ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.

   ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.

   ■ EQUESTRIANISM

   ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.

   ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.

   ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.

   ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.

   ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,

   ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.

   ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE
17 מדה

מִדָּה, מִידָּהf. (b. h.; preced.) 1) dimension, measure, proportion. Sabb.150a (play on מ̇ד̇ה̇ב̇ה, v. preced.) מ̇אד̇ מ̇אד̇ ה̇ב̇א בלא מ̇׳ bring much, very much, without measure. Peah VIII, 6 מ׳ זו this proportion. Gen. R. s. 64; Esth. R. introd. (ref. to מנדה, Ezra 4:13) זו מִדַּת הארץ that is the from the land as measured, i. e. the (Roman) land-tax. B. Bath.VII, 3 מ׳ בחבלוכ׳ I sell thee exact land-measure by the rope. Ib. 128a מִדַּת ארכו the length-measure of the cloak. Ib. מדת משקלותיו the measure of its (the gold-bars) weights, i. e. an estimate as to how many coins of a certain weight can be obtained from it. Ḥag.12a מדת יום ומ׳ לילה the combined length of day and night. Yeb.76b (ref. to 1 Sam. 17:38) מַדָּיו כמִדָּתוֹ his (Sauls) garments such as fitted his stature. Mikv. X, 5; Ḥull.73a עד מקום (ח)מ׳ as far as the designed length of the handle (excluding the portion which it is intended to cut off).Kidd.42b; B. Mets.56b, a. e. דבר שבמ׳ ושבמשקלוכ׳ objects which are sold by measure, by weight or by the piece. B. Bath.89b לעולם … מ׳ חסירהוכ׳ one must never keep in ones house too small or too large a measure (smaller or larger than the legal size); a. fr.Pl. מִדּוֹת, מִידּוֹת. Ib. 88b עונשן של מ׳ the divine punishment for fraudulent measures. Tosef.B. Mets. VI, 14 לא היו ממונין … אלא על המ׳ they (the agoranomoi in Jerusalem) were appointed not for the regulation of market prices but for the superintendence of the measures; B. Bath.89a, v. אֲנַרְדְּמִיס; a. fr.Men.18a למצות מִידּוֹתַי, v. מָצָח.Whence: Middoth (measurements of the Temple), name of a treatise of the Mishnah, of the order of Kodashim. 2) dealing; reward or punishment; dispensation.מ׳ כננד מ׳ retaliation, adequate punishment or reward. Sot.I, 7, v. preced. Ib. 9a לבמ׳ the verse is to intimate the God dispenses adequate punishments. Ib. 8b (ref. to ib. I, 7) אע״ג דמ׳ בטילח במ׳ לא בתיל although retribution (by the Jewish court) has ceased, the adequate divine punishment has not ceased. Lam. R. introd. (R. Alex. 2) (expl. יען וביען, Lev. 26:43) מ׳ בננד מ׳ punishment corresponding to deed. Ned.32a. Snh.90a כל מִידּוֹתָיו של חקב״ה מ׳ כנגד מ׳ all retributions of the Lord are in correspondence with mans doings. Ber.48b ‘whatever the Lord thy God has given thee דיינך בכל … בין מ׳ טובח ובין מִדַּת פורענות (not מדה) he is thy judge in whatever sentence he decrees upon thee, whether it be a good or an evil dispensation. Ib. IX, 5, v. מְאֹד. Sabb.97a. Ib. 151b לעולם … על מ׳ זו at all times let one pray to be spared this fate (poverty); a. fr.Pl. as ab. Snh.90a, v. supra. Yoma 87b המעביר על מִדּוֹתָיווכ׳ he who passes over his retaliations (who forbears to retaliate), his failings will be passed over (be forgiven); Meg.28a. Ib. לא עמדתי על מִידּוֹתַי I never insisted on retaliation; Kidd.71a ואינו מעמד על מדותיו (Rashi: מיעמיד); a. fr. 3) manner, ways, character, nature, condition. Ber.40a לא כמדת חקב״חוכ׳ the nature of divine (intellectual) affairs is not like the nature of human (material) affairs. Ib. 11b להזכיר מדת יוםוכ׳ to mention the nature of the day (light) at night. Tanḥ. Balak 3 מה מִדָּתוֹ what is the nature of his power. B. Mets.33a מ׳ ואינה מ׳ it is a (meritorious) way (of studying) and is not, i. e. you might to better; Y.Hor.III, 48c top מ׳ שאינה מ׳; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ab. V, 10 ארבע מ׳ באדם there are four different dispositions of men (as to treating ones fellowman); ib. 11 ארבע מ׳ בדעות four characters (temperaments); ib. 12 ארבע מ׳ בתלמידים four natures of students (with regard to receptive and retentive faculties). Y.Snh.XI, 30a bot. כל שבע מ׳וכ׳ all the seven characteristic features of righteous men which the scholars have defined have been realized in Rabbi. Ned.20b בני תשע מ׳ children conceived under nine (abnormal mental) conditions. R. Hash. 17b, a. fr. שלש עשרה מ׳ the thirteen divine attributes (Ex. 34:6, sq.). Ned.32a, v. פָּרַז; a. fr. מדת הדין a) justice. Tosef.Yeb.IX, 3. a. e., v. לָקָה.Esp. the divine attribute of justice, opp. מ׳ הרחמים, v. דּין II.b) common sense, logical argument. Yoma 43b כך (היא) מ׳ הדין נותנת common sense dictates this; Shebu.14a. Y.Maas. Sh. II, 53c top תחומין עשו (כמ׳) למ׳ הדין they regulated the laws of Sabbath limits according to common sense (not by textual interpretation).c) decision in money matters, civil law (contrad. to ritual law). Y.Gitt.V, 46c bot. אף למ׳ הדין הכן the same principle holds good for civil law (collection of claims, v. כַּפְּרָנוּת); Y.Shebi.X, 39c bot. Ib. (last line) ולמידין מ׳ הדיןוכ׳ do we apply the rules of Prosbol (v. פְּרוֹזְבּוּל) to ordinary claims? Y.B. Kam.V, beg.4d לא הילכו במ׳ הדין אחר הרוב (strike out בממון) in civil law we are not guided by probabilities (v. דוֹב; cmp. Bab. ib. 27b). Y.Ber.II, 5a bot. ולמ׳ הד׳ but civil law (questions of possession). 4) principle, standard, consistency. Men.III, 4 במדתר׳וכ׳ following the principle of R. ; Pes.77b; Y. ib. VII, 34c top. Shek. IV, 6 אינח היא תמ׳ (comment. אינה מן המ׳) this is not consistent (with a previous rule). Ib. 7 השוה את מִדָּתוֹ (Y. ed. מִדּוֹתָיו) he makes his standards even (is consistent). Pes.I, 7 אינת חיא המ׳ this is not the right argument. Ib. 15b אמאי אינה היא המ׳ מ׳ ומ׳ היא why do you say, it is no argument? it is surely a correct argument. Y. Ḥag.III, 77d ‘Menahem went out means ממ׳ למ׳ יצא he went over from one principle to another (joined the opposition; Bab. ib. 16b יצא לתרבות רעה).Esp. מִדּוֹת rules of interpretation. Sifra introd., ch. 1, end הלל … שבע מ׳וכ׳ Hillel the Elder explained seven rules ; Ab. dR. N. ch. 37; Tosef.Snh.VII, 11. Sifra introd., beg. (R. Yishm. said) בשלש עשרה מ׳וכ׳ the Torah is interpreted by means of thirteen rules. (Appendix to treat. Brakhoth. ל״ב מ׳ שלר׳ יוסיוכ׳ the thirty two rules of R. José the Galilean.Lev. R. s. 3, beg. הלכות ומ׳ decisions and interpretations (by which the decisions were reached), v. מְכִילְתָּא.Gitt.67a מִידּוֹתַי תרומה מתרומות מִידּוֹתָיווכ׳ my rules of interpretation are the selection from selections of rules by R. Akiba.Ber.33b שעושח מדותיו של הקב״ח רחמיםוכ׳ he makes compassion the standard (or reason) of the divine laws, while they are decrees (the reasons for which it behooves not man to discuss); Y. ib. V, 9c כקורא תיגר על מ׳וכ׳ because it sounds as if he were finding fault with the ways of the Lord (as if the Lord were partial); כנותן קיצבח למ׳וכ׳ as though he were setting limits to the attributes of the Lord.

Jewish literature > מדה
18 מידה

מִדָּה, מִידָּהf. (b. h.; preced.) 1) dimension, measure, proportion. Sabb.150a (play on מ̇ד̇ה̇ב̇ה, v. preced.) מ̇אד̇ מ̇אד̇ ה̇ב̇א בלא מ̇׳ bring much, very much, without measure. Peah VIII, 6 מ׳ זו this proportion. Gen. R. s. 64; Esth. R. introd. (ref. to מנדה, Ezra 4:13) זו מִדַּת הארץ that is the from the land as measured, i. e. the (Roman) land-tax. B. Bath.VII, 3 מ׳ בחבלוכ׳ I sell thee exact land-measure by the rope. Ib. 128a מִדַּת ארכו the length-measure of the cloak. Ib. מדת משקלותיו the measure of its (the gold-bars) weights, i. e. an estimate as to how many coins of a certain weight can be obtained from it. Ḥag.12a מדת יום ומ׳ לילה the combined length of day and night. Yeb.76b (ref. to 1 Sam. 17:38) מַדָּיו כמִדָּתוֹ his (Sauls) garments such as fitted his stature. Mikv. X, 5; Ḥull.73a עד מקום (ח)מ׳ as far as the designed length of the handle (excluding the portion which it is intended to cut off).Kidd.42b; B. Mets.56b, a. e. דבר שבמ׳ ושבמשקלוכ׳ objects which are sold by measure, by weight or by the piece. B. Bath.89b לעולם … מ׳ חסירהוכ׳ one must never keep in ones house too small or too large a measure (smaller or larger than the legal size); a. fr.Pl. מִדּוֹת, מִידּוֹת. Ib. 88b עונשן של מ׳ the divine punishment for fraudulent measures. Tosef.B. Mets. VI, 14 לא היו ממונין … אלא על המ׳ they (the agoranomoi in Jerusalem) were appointed not for the regulation of market prices but for the superintendence of the measures; B. Bath.89a, v. אֲנַרְדְּמִיס; a. fr.Men.18a למצות מִידּוֹתַי, v. מָצָח.Whence: Middoth (measurements of the Temple), name of a treatise of the Mishnah, of the order of Kodashim. 2) dealing; reward or punishment; dispensation.מ׳ כננד מ׳ retaliation, adequate punishment or reward. Sot.I, 7, v. preced. Ib. 9a לבמ׳ the verse is to intimate the God dispenses adequate punishments. Ib. 8b (ref. to ib. I, 7) אע״ג דמ׳ בטילח במ׳ לא בתיל although retribution (by the Jewish court) has ceased, the adequate divine punishment has not ceased. Lam. R. introd. (R. Alex. 2) (expl. יען וביען, Lev. 26:43) מ׳ בננד מ׳ punishment corresponding to deed. Ned.32a. Snh.90a כל מִידּוֹתָיו של חקב״ה מ׳ כנגד מ׳ all retributions of the Lord are in correspondence with mans doings. Ber.48b ‘whatever the Lord thy God has given thee דיינך בכל … בין מ׳ טובח ובין מִדַּת פורענות (not מדה) he is thy judge in whatever sentence he decrees upon thee, whether it be a good or an evil dispensation. Ib. IX, 5, v. מְאֹד. Sabb.97a. Ib. 151b לעולם … על מ׳ זו at all times let one pray to be spared this fate (poverty); a. fr.Pl. as ab. Snh.90a, v. supra. Yoma 87b המעביר על מִדּוֹתָיווכ׳ he who passes over his retaliations (who forbears to retaliate), his failings will be passed over (be forgiven); Meg.28a. Ib. לא עמדתי על מִידּוֹתַי I never insisted on retaliation; Kidd.71a ואינו מעמד על מדותיו (Rashi: מיעמיד); a. fr. 3) manner, ways, character, nature, condition. Ber.40a לא כמדת חקב״חוכ׳ the nature of divine (intellectual) affairs is not like the nature of human (material) affairs. Ib. 11b להזכיר מדת יוםוכ׳ to mention the nature of the day (light) at night. Tanḥ. Balak 3 מה מִדָּתוֹ what is the nature of his power. B. Mets.33a מ׳ ואינה מ׳ it is a (meritorious) way (of studying) and is not, i. e. you might to better; Y.Hor.III, 48c top מ׳ שאינה מ׳; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ab. V, 10 ארבע מ׳ באדם there are four different dispositions of men (as to treating ones fellowman); ib. 11 ארבע מ׳ בדעות four characters (temperaments); ib. 12 ארבע מ׳ בתלמידים four natures of students (with regard to receptive and retentive faculties). Y.Snh.XI, 30a bot. כל שבע מ׳וכ׳ all the seven characteristic features of righteous men which the scholars have defined have been realized in Rabbi. Ned.20b בני תשע מ׳ children conceived under nine (abnormal mental) conditions. R. Hash. 17b, a. fr. שלש עשרה מ׳ the thirteen divine attributes (Ex. 34:6, sq.). Ned.32a, v. פָּרַז; a. fr. מדת הדין a) justice. Tosef.Yeb.IX, 3. a. e., v. לָקָה.Esp. the divine attribute of justice, opp. מ׳ הרחמים, v. דּין II.b) common sense, logical argument. Yoma 43b כך (היא) מ׳ הדין נותנת common sense dictates this; Shebu.14a. Y.Maas. Sh. II, 53c top תחומין עשו (כמ׳) למ׳ הדין they regulated the laws of Sabbath limits according to common sense (not by textual interpretation).c) decision in money matters, civil law (contrad. to ritual law). Y.Gitt.V, 46c bot. אף למ׳ הדין הכן the same principle holds good for civil law (collection of claims, v. כַּפְּרָנוּת); Y.Shebi.X, 39c bot. Ib. (last line) ולמידין מ׳ הדיןוכ׳ do we apply the rules of Prosbol (v. פְּרוֹזְבּוּל) to ordinary claims? Y.B. Kam.V, beg.4d לא הילכו במ׳ הדין אחר הרוב (strike out בממון) in civil law we are not guided by probabilities (v. דוֹב; cmp. Bab. ib. 27b). Y.Ber.II, 5a bot. ולמ׳ הד׳ but civil law (questions of possession). 4) principle, standard, consistency. Men.III, 4 במדתר׳וכ׳ following the principle of R. ; Pes.77b; Y. ib. VII, 34c top. Shek. IV, 6 אינח היא תמ׳ (comment. אינה מן המ׳) this is not consistent (with a previous rule). Ib. 7 השוה את מִדָּתוֹ (Y. ed. מִדּוֹתָיו) he makes his standards even (is consistent). Pes.I, 7 אינת חיא המ׳ this is not the right argument. Ib. 15b אמאי אינה היא המ׳ מ׳ ומ׳ היא why do you say, it is no argument? it is surely a correct argument. Y. Ḥag.III, 77d ‘Menahem went out means ממ׳ למ׳ יצא he went over from one principle to another (joined the opposition; Bab. ib. 16b יצא לתרבות רעה).Esp. מִדּוֹת rules of interpretation. Sifra introd., ch. 1, end הלל … שבע מ׳וכ׳ Hillel the Elder explained seven rules ; Ab. dR. N. ch. 37; Tosef.Snh.VII, 11. Sifra introd., beg. (R. Yishm. said) בשלש עשרה מ׳וכ׳ the Torah is interpreted by means of thirteen rules. (Appendix to treat. Brakhoth. ל״ב מ׳ שלר׳ יוסיוכ׳ the thirty two rules of R. José the Galilean.Lev. R. s. 3, beg. הלכות ומ׳ decisions and interpretations (by which the decisions were reached), v. מְכִילְתָּא.Gitt.67a מִידּוֹתַי תרומה מתרומות מִידּוֹתָיווכ׳ my rules of interpretation are the selection from selections of rules by R. Akiba.Ber.33b שעושח מדותיו של הקב״ח רחמיםוכ׳ he makes compassion the standard (or reason) of the divine laws, while they are decrees (the reasons for which it behooves not man to discuss); Y. ib. V, 9c כקורא תיגר על מ׳וכ׳ because it sounds as if he were finding fault with the ways of the Lord (as if the Lord were partial); כנותן קיצבח למ׳וכ׳ as though he were setting limits to the attributes of the Lord.

Jewish literature > מידה
19 מִדָּה

מִדָּה, מִידָּהf. (b. h.; preced.) 1) dimension, measure, proportion. Sabb.150a (play on מ̇ד̇ה̇ב̇ה, v. preced.) מ̇אד̇ מ̇אד̇ ה̇ב̇א בלא מ̇׳ bring much, very much, without measure. Peah VIII, 6 מ׳ זו this proportion. Gen. R. s. 64; Esth. R. introd. (ref. to מנדה, Ezra 4:13) זו מִדַּת הארץ that is the from the land as measured, i. e. the (Roman) land-tax. B. Bath.VII, 3 מ׳ בחבלוכ׳ I sell thee exact land-measure by the rope. Ib. 128a מִדַּת ארכו the length-measure of the cloak. Ib. מדת משקלותיו the measure of its (the gold-bars) weights, i. e. an estimate as to how many coins of a certain weight can be obtained from it. Ḥag.12a מדת יום ומ׳ לילה the combined length of day and night. Yeb.76b (ref. to 1 Sam. 17:38) מַדָּיו כמִדָּתוֹ his (Sauls) garments such as fitted his stature. Mikv. X, 5; Ḥull.73a עד מקום (ח)מ׳ as far as the designed length of the handle (excluding the portion which it is intended to cut off).Kidd.42b; B. Mets.56b, a. e. דבר שבמ׳ ושבמשקלוכ׳ objects which are sold by measure, by weight or by the piece. B. Bath.89b לעולם … מ׳ חסירהוכ׳ one must never keep in ones house too small or too large a measure (smaller or larger than the legal size); a. fr.Pl. מִדּוֹת, מִידּוֹת. Ib. 88b עונשן של מ׳ the divine punishment for fraudulent measures. Tosef.B. Mets. VI, 14 לא היו ממונין … אלא על המ׳ they (the agoranomoi in Jerusalem) were appointed not for the regulation of market prices but for the superintendence of the measures; B. Bath.89a, v. אֲנַרְדְּמִיס; a. fr.Men.18a למצות מִידּוֹתַי, v. מָצָח.Whence: Middoth (measurements of the Temple), name of a treatise of the Mishnah, of the order of Kodashim. 2) dealing; reward or punishment; dispensation.מ׳ כננד מ׳ retaliation, adequate punishment or reward. Sot.I, 7, v. preced. Ib. 9a לבמ׳ the verse is to intimate the God dispenses adequate punishments. Ib. 8b (ref. to ib. I, 7) אע״ג דמ׳ בטילח במ׳ לא בתיל although retribution (by the Jewish court) has ceased, the adequate divine punishment has not ceased. Lam. R. introd. (R. Alex. 2) (expl. יען וביען, Lev. 26:43) מ׳ בננד מ׳ punishment corresponding to deed. Ned.32a. Snh.90a כל מִידּוֹתָיו של חקב״ה מ׳ כנגד מ׳ all retributions of the Lord are in correspondence with mans doings. Ber.48b ‘whatever the Lord thy God has given thee דיינך בכל … בין מ׳ טובח ובין מִדַּת פורענות (not מדה) he is thy judge in whatever sentence he decrees upon thee, whether it be a good or an evil dispensation. Ib. IX, 5, v. מְאֹד. Sabb.97a. Ib. 151b לעולם … על מ׳ זו at all times let one pray to be spared this fate (poverty); a. fr.Pl. as ab. Snh.90a, v. supra. Yoma 87b המעביר על מִדּוֹתָיווכ׳ he who passes over his retaliations (who forbears to retaliate), his failings will be passed over (be forgiven); Meg.28a. Ib. לא עמדתי על מִידּוֹתַי I never insisted on retaliation; Kidd.71a ואינו מעמד על מדותיו (Rashi: מיעמיד); a. fr. 3) manner, ways, character, nature, condition. Ber.40a לא כמדת חקב״חוכ׳ the nature of divine (intellectual) affairs is not like the nature of human (material) affairs. Ib. 11b להזכיר מדת יוםוכ׳ to mention the nature of the day (light) at night. Tanḥ. Balak 3 מה מִדָּתוֹ what is the nature of his power. B. Mets.33a מ׳ ואינה מ׳ it is a (meritorious) way (of studying) and is not, i. e. you might to better; Y.Hor.III, 48c top מ׳ שאינה מ׳; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ab. V, 10 ארבע מ׳ באדם there are four different dispositions of men (as to treating ones fellowman); ib. 11 ארבע מ׳ בדעות four characters (temperaments); ib. 12 ארבע מ׳ בתלמידים four natures of students (with regard to receptive and retentive faculties). Y.Snh.XI, 30a bot. כל שבע מ׳וכ׳ all the seven characteristic features of righteous men which the scholars have defined have been realized in Rabbi. Ned.20b בני תשע מ׳ children conceived under nine (abnormal mental) conditions. R. Hash. 17b, a. fr. שלש עשרה מ׳ the thirteen divine attributes (Ex. 34:6, sq.). Ned.32a, v. פָּרַז; a. fr. מדת הדין a) justice. Tosef.Yeb.IX, 3. a. e., v. לָקָה.Esp. the divine attribute of justice, opp. מ׳ הרחמים, v. דּין II.b) common sense, logical argument. Yoma 43b כך (היא) מ׳ הדין נותנת common sense dictates this; Shebu.14a. Y.Maas. Sh. II, 53c top תחומין עשו (כמ׳) למ׳ הדין they regulated the laws of Sabbath limits according to common sense (not by textual interpretation).c) decision in money matters, civil law (contrad. to ritual law). Y.Gitt.V, 46c bot. אף למ׳ הדין הכן the same principle holds good for civil law (collection of claims, v. כַּפְּרָנוּת); Y.Shebi.X, 39c bot. Ib. (last line) ולמידין מ׳ הדיןוכ׳ do we apply the rules of Prosbol (v. פְּרוֹזְבּוּל) to ordinary claims? Y.B. Kam.V, beg.4d לא הילכו במ׳ הדין אחר הרוב (strike out בממון) in civil law we are not guided by probabilities (v. דוֹב; cmp. Bab. ib. 27b). Y.Ber.II, 5a bot. ולמ׳ הד׳ but civil law (questions of possession). 4) principle, standard, consistency. Men.III, 4 במדתר׳וכ׳ following the principle of R. ; Pes.77b; Y. ib. VII, 34c top. Shek. IV, 6 אינח היא תמ׳ (comment. אינה מן המ׳) this is not consistent (with a previous rule). Ib. 7 השוה את מִדָּתוֹ (Y. ed. מִדּוֹתָיו) he makes his standards even (is consistent). Pes.I, 7 אינת חיא המ׳ this is not the right argument. Ib. 15b אמאי אינה היא המ׳ מ׳ ומ׳ היא why do you say, it is no argument? it is surely a correct argument. Y. Ḥag.III, 77d ‘Menahem went out means ממ׳ למ׳ יצא he went over from one principle to another (joined the opposition; Bab. ib. 16b יצא לתרבות רעה).Esp. מִדּוֹת rules of interpretation. Sifra introd., ch. 1, end הלל … שבע מ׳וכ׳ Hillel the Elder explained seven rules ; Ab. dR. N. ch. 37; Tosef.Snh.VII, 11. Sifra introd., beg. (R. Yishm. said) בשלש עשרה מ׳וכ׳ the Torah is interpreted by means of thirteen rules. (Appendix to treat. Brakhoth. ל״ב מ׳ שלר׳ יוסיוכ׳ the thirty two rules of R. José the Galilean.Lev. R. s. 3, beg. הלכות ומ׳ decisions and interpretations (by which the decisions were reached), v. מְכִילְתָּא.Gitt.67a מִידּוֹתַי תרומה מתרומות מִידּוֹתָיווכ׳ my rules of interpretation are the selection from selections of rules by R. Akiba.Ber.33b שעושח מדותיו של הקב״ח רחמיםוכ׳ he makes compassion the standard (or reason) of the divine laws, while they are decrees (the reasons for which it behooves not man to discuss); Y. ib. V, 9c כקורא תיגר על מ׳וכ׳ because it sounds as if he were finding fault with the ways of the Lord (as if the Lord were partial); כנותן קיצבח למ׳וכ׳ as though he were setting limits to the attributes of the Lord.

Jewish literature > מִדָּה
20 מִידָּה

מִדָּה, מִידָּהf. (b. h.; preced.) 1) dimension, measure, proportion. Sabb.150a (play on מ̇ד̇ה̇ב̇ה, v. preced.) מ̇אד̇ מ̇אד̇ ה̇ב̇א בלא מ̇׳ bring much, very much, without measure. Peah VIII, 6 מ׳ זו this proportion. Gen. R. s. 64; Esth. R. introd. (ref. to מנדה, Ezra 4:13) זו מִדַּת הארץ that is the from the land as measured, i. e. the (Roman) land-tax. B. Bath.VII, 3 מ׳ בחבלוכ׳ I sell thee exact land-measure by the rope. Ib. 128a מִדַּת ארכו the length-measure of the cloak. Ib. מדת משקלותיו the measure of its (the gold-bars) weights, i. e. an estimate as to how many coins of a certain weight can be obtained from it. Ḥag.12a מדת יום ומ׳ לילה the combined length of day and night. Yeb.76b (ref. to 1 Sam. 17:38) מַדָּיו כמִדָּתוֹ his (Sauls) garments such as fitted his stature. Mikv. X, 5; Ḥull.73a עד מקום (ח)מ׳ as far as the designed length of the handle (excluding the portion which it is intended to cut off).Kidd.42b; B. Mets.56b, a. e. דבר שבמ׳ ושבמשקלוכ׳ objects which are sold by measure, by weight or by the piece. B. Bath.89b לעולם … מ׳ חסירהוכ׳ one must never keep in ones house too small or too large a measure (smaller or larger than the legal size); a. fr.Pl. מִדּוֹת, מִידּוֹת. Ib. 88b עונשן של מ׳ the divine punishment for fraudulent measures. Tosef.B. Mets. VI, 14 לא היו ממונין … אלא על המ׳ they (the agoranomoi in Jerusalem) were appointed not for the regulation of market prices but for the superintendence of the measures; B. Bath.89a, v. אֲנַרְדְּמִיס; a. fr.Men.18a למצות מִידּוֹתַי, v. מָצָח.Whence: Middoth (measurements of the Temple), name of a treatise of the Mishnah, of the order of Kodashim. 2) dealing; reward or punishment; dispensation.מ׳ כננד מ׳ retaliation, adequate punishment or reward. Sot.I, 7, v. preced. Ib. 9a לבמ׳ the verse is to intimate the God dispenses adequate punishments. Ib. 8b (ref. to ib. I, 7) אע״ג דמ׳ בטילח במ׳ לא בתיל although retribution (by the Jewish court) has ceased, the adequate divine punishment has not ceased. Lam. R. introd. (R. Alex. 2) (expl. יען וביען, Lev. 26:43) מ׳ בננד מ׳ punishment corresponding to deed. Ned.32a. Snh.90a כל מִידּוֹתָיו של חקב״ה מ׳ כנגד מ׳ all retributions of the Lord are in correspondence with mans doings. Ber.48b ‘whatever the Lord thy God has given thee דיינך בכל … בין מ׳ טובח ובין מִדַּת פורענות (not מדה) he is thy judge in whatever sentence he decrees upon thee, whether it be a good or an evil dispensation. Ib. IX, 5, v. מְאֹד. Sabb.97a. Ib. 151b לעולם … על מ׳ זו at all times let one pray to be spared this fate (poverty); a. fr.Pl. as ab. Snh.90a, v. supra. Yoma 87b המעביר על מִדּוֹתָיווכ׳ he who passes over his retaliations (who forbears to retaliate), his failings will be passed over (be forgiven); Meg.28a. Ib. לא עמדתי על מִידּוֹתַי I never insisted on retaliation; Kidd.71a ואינו מעמד על מדותיו (Rashi: מיעמיד); a. fr. 3) manner, ways, character, nature, condition. Ber.40a לא כמדת חקב״חוכ׳ the nature of divine (intellectual) affairs is not like the nature of human (material) affairs. Ib. 11b להזכיר מדת יוםוכ׳ to mention the nature of the day (light) at night. Tanḥ. Balak 3 מה מִדָּתוֹ what is the nature of his power. B. Mets.33a מ׳ ואינה מ׳ it is a (meritorious) way (of studying) and is not, i. e. you might to better; Y.Hor.III, 48c top מ׳ שאינה מ׳; a. fr.Pl. as ab. Ab. V, 10 ארבע מ׳ באדם there are four different dispositions of men (as to treating ones fellowman); ib. 11 ארבע מ׳ בדעות four characters (temperaments); ib. 12 ארבע מ׳ בתלמידים four natures of students (with regard to receptive and retentive faculties). Y.Snh.XI, 30a bot. כל שבע מ׳וכ׳ all the seven characteristic features of righteous men which the scholars have defined have been realized in Rabbi. Ned.20b בני תשע מ׳ children conceived under nine (abnormal mental) conditions. R. Hash. 17b, a. fr. שלש עשרה מ׳ the thirteen divine attributes (Ex. 34:6, sq.). Ned.32a, v. פָּרַז; a. fr. מדת הדין a) justice. Tosef.Yeb.IX, 3. a. e., v. לָקָה.Esp. the divine attribute of justice, opp. מ׳ הרחמים, v. דּין II.b) common sense, logical argument. Yoma 43b כך (היא) מ׳ הדין נותנת common sense dictates this; Shebu.14a. Y.Maas. Sh. II, 53c top תחומין עשו (כמ׳) למ׳ הדין they regulated the laws of Sabbath limits according to common sense (not by textual interpretation).c) decision in money matters, civil law (contrad. to ritual law). Y.Gitt.V, 46c bot. אף למ׳ הדין הכן the same principle holds good for civil law (collection of claims, v. כַּפְּרָנוּת); Y.Shebi.X, 39c bot. Ib. (last line) ולמידין מ׳ הדיןוכ׳ do we apply the rules of Prosbol (v. פְּרוֹזְבּוּל) to ordinary claims? Y.B. Kam.V, beg.4d לא הילכו במ׳ הדין אחר הרוב (strike out בממון) in civil law we are not guided by probabilities (v. דוֹב; cmp. Bab. ib. 27b). Y.Ber.II, 5a bot. ולמ׳ הד׳ but civil law (questions of possession). 4) principle, standard, consistency. Men.III, 4 במדתר׳וכ׳ following the principle of R. ; Pes.77b; Y. ib. VII, 34c top. Shek. IV, 6 אינח היא תמ׳ (comment. אינה מן המ׳) this is not consistent (with a previous rule). Ib. 7 השוה את מִדָּתוֹ (Y. ed. מִדּוֹתָיו) he makes his standards even (is consistent). Pes.I, 7 אינת חיא המ׳ this is not the right argument. Ib. 15b אמאי אינה היא המ׳ מ׳ ומ׳ היא why do you say, it is no argument? it is surely a correct argument. Y. Ḥag.III, 77d ‘Menahem went out means ממ׳ למ׳ יצא he went over from one principle to another (joined the opposition; Bab. ib. 16b יצא לתרבות רעה).Esp. מִדּוֹת rules of interpretation. Sifra introd., ch. 1, end הלל … שבע מ׳וכ׳ Hillel the Elder explained seven rules ; Ab. dR. N. ch. 37; Tosef.Snh.VII, 11. Sifra introd., beg. (R. Yishm. said) בשלש עשרה מ׳וכ׳ the Torah is interpreted by means of thirteen rules. (Appendix to treat. Brakhoth. ל״ב מ׳ שלר׳ יוסיוכ׳ the thirty two rules of R. José the Galilean.Lev. R. s. 3, beg. הלכות ומ׳ decisions and interpretations (by which the decisions were reached), v. מְכִילְתָּא.Gitt.67a מִידּוֹתַי תרומה מתרומות מִידּוֹתָיווכ׳ my rules of interpretation are the selection from selections of rules by R. Akiba.Ber.33b שעושח מדותיו של הקב״ח רחמיםוכ׳ he makes compassion the standard (or reason) of the divine laws, while they are decrees (the reasons for which it behooves not man to discuss); Y. ib. V, 9c כקורא תיגר על מ׳וכ׳ because it sounds as if he were finding fault with the ways of the Lord (as if the Lord were partial); כנותן קיצבח למ׳וכ׳ as though he were setting limits to the attributes of the Lord.

Jewish literature > מִידָּה

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

Men Without Women (film) — Men Without Women Directed by John Ford Produced by John Ford Written by John Ford James Kevin McGuinness Starring … Wikipedia
Men's Semi-Contact at WAKO World Championships 2007 Coimbra -69 kg — Men s Semi Contact Kickboxing at the W.A.K.O. World Championships 2007 (Coimbra) 57 kg … Wikipedia
Four Chaplains — The Four Chaplains George L. Fox, Alexander D. Goode … Wikipedia
Four Blind Mice (novel) — Four Blind Mice is the eighth book featuring the Washington DC homicide detective and forensic psychiatrist Alex Cross written by James Patterson.Plot summaryThe book begins with the district attorney of Cumberland County, North Carolina, Marc… … Wikipedia
Men-at-Arms — Pays Royaume Uni Langue Anglais Genre Histoire milit … Wikipédia en Français
Men at Work: The Craft of Baseball — Author(s) George Will Country United States … Wikipedia
Men in Black: The Series — Genre Science fiction/Action Format Animated series … Wikipedia
Four Points Villa - Gay Men Only — (Aspe,Испания) Категория отеля: Адрес: Camino Noria de Sargueta, 85, 03680 A … Каталог отелей
Men on a Mission — Tag team Members Mabel Mo Oscar Name(s) Men on a Mission Harlem Knights Heights 6 ft 9 in (2.06 m) – Mabel 6 ft& … Wikipedia
Four Men and a Dog — is an Irish traditional band that emerged in 1990 during the Belfast Folk Festival. The band plays Irish traditional music with a mixture of different other genres, including rock, jazz, blues, bluegrass, swing, salsa, polka and even rap. They… … Wikipedia
Men's college basketball on television — includes the broadcasting of college basketball games, as well as pre and post game reports, analysis, and human interest stories. Within the United States, the college version of basketball annually garners high television ratings. Televising… … Wikipedia

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

men's - four

Тематики

Синонимы

EN

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

men's - four

Тематики

Синонимы

EN

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: